Aggregates have acquired a dozen or so optional attributes in recent
years for things like parallel query and moving-aggregate mode; the
lack of an OR REPLACE option to add or change these for an existing
agg makes extension upgrades gratuitously hard. Rectify.
Like commit f41551f61f, this aims
to make it easier to add non-Boolean options to VACUUM (or, in
this case, to ANALYZE). Instead of building up a bitmap of
options directly in the parser, build up a list of DefElem
objects and let ExecVacuum() sort it out; right now, we make
no use of the fact that a DefElem can carry an associated value,
but it will be easy to make that change in the future.
Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoATE4sn0jFFH3NcfUZXkU2BMbjBWB_kDj-XWYA-LXDcQA@mail.gmail.com
Too allow table accesses to be not directly dependent on heap, several
new abstractions are needed. Specifically:
1) Heap scans need to be generalized into table scans. Do this by
introducing TableScanDesc, which will be the "base class" for
individual AMs. This contains the AM independent fields from
HeapScanDesc.
The previous heap_{beginscan,rescan,endscan} et al. have been
replaced with a table_ version.
There's no direct replacement for heap_getnext(), as that returned
a HeapTuple, which is undesirable for a other AMs. Instead there's
table_scan_getnextslot(). But note that heap_getnext() lives on,
it's still used widely to access catalog tables.
This is achieved by new scan_begin, scan_end, scan_rescan,
scan_getnextslot callbacks.
2) The portion of parallel scans that's shared between backends need
to be able to do so without the user doing per-AM work. To achieve
that new parallelscan_{estimate, initialize, reinitialize}
callbacks are introduced, which operate on a new
ParallelTableScanDesc, which again can be subclassed by AMs.
As it is likely that several AMs are going to be block oriented,
block oriented callbacks that can be shared between such AMs are
provided and used by heap. table_block_parallelscan_{estimate,
intiialize, reinitialize} as callbacks, and
table_block_parallelscan_{nextpage, init} for use in AMs. These
operate on a ParallelBlockTableScanDesc.
3) Index scans need to be able to access tables to return a tuple, and
there needs to be state across individual accesses to the heap to
store state like buffers. That's now handled by introducing a
sort-of-scan IndexFetchTable, which again is intended to be
subclassed by individual AMs (for heap IndexFetchHeap).
The relevant callbacks for an AM are index_fetch_{end, begin,
reset} to create the necessary state, and index_fetch_tuple to
retrieve an indexed tuple. Note that index_fetch_tuple
implementations need to be smarter than just blindly fetching the
tuples for AMs that have optimizations similar to heap's HOT - the
currently alive tuple in the update chain needs to be fetched if
appropriate.
Similar to table_scan_getnextslot(), it's undesirable to continue
to return HeapTuples. Thus index_fetch_heap (might want to rename
that later) now accepts a slot as an argument. Core code doesn't
have a lot of call sites performing index scans without going
through the systable_* API (in contrast to loads of heap_getnext
calls and working directly with HeapTuples).
Index scans now store the result of a search in
IndexScanDesc->xs_heaptid, rather than xs_ctup->t_self. As the
target is not generally a HeapTuple anymore that seems cleaner.
To be able to sensible adapt code to use the above, two further
callbacks have been introduced:
a) slot_callbacks returns a TupleTableSlotOps* suitable for creating
slots capable of holding a tuple of the AMs
type. table_slot_callbacks() and table_slot_create() are based
upon that, but have additional logic to deal with views, foreign
tables, etc.
While this change could have been done separately, nearly all the
call sites that needed to be adapted for the rest of this commit
also would have been needed to be adapted for
table_slot_callbacks(), making separation not worthwhile.
b) tuple_satisfies_snapshot checks whether the tuple in a slot is
currently visible according to a snapshot. That's required as a few
places now don't have a buffer + HeapTuple around, but a
slot (which in heap's case internally has that information).
Additionally a few infrastructure changes were needed:
I) SysScanDesc, as used by systable_{beginscan, getnext} et al. now
internally uses a slot to keep track of tuples. While
systable_getnext() still returns HeapTuples, and will so for the
foreseeable future, the index API (see 1) above) now only deals with
slots.
The remainder, and largest part, of this commit is then adjusting all
scans in postgres to use the new APIs.
Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
When we introduced separate ProjectSetPath nodes for application of
set-returning functions in v10, we inadvertently broke some cases where
we're supposed to recognize that the result of a subquery is known to be
empty (contain zero rows). That's because IS_DUMMY_REL was just looking
for a childless AppendPath without allowing for a ProjectSetPath being
possibly stuck on top. In itself, this didn't do anything much worse
than produce slightly worse plans for some corner cases.
Then in v11, commit 11cf92f6e rearranged things to allow the scan/join
targetlist to be applied directly to partial paths before they get
gathered. But it inserted a short-circuit path for dummy relations
that was a little too short: it failed to insert a ProjectSetPath node
at all for a targetlist containing set-returning functions, resulting in
bogus "set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set"
errors, as reported in bug #15669 from Madelaine Thibaut.
The best way to fix this mess seems to be to reimplement IS_DUMMY_REL
so that it drills down through any ProjectSetPath nodes that might be
there (and it seems like we'd better allow for ProjectionPath as well).
While we're at it, make it look at rel->pathlist not cheapest_total_path,
so that it gives the right answer independently of whether set_cheapest
has been done lately. That dependency looks pretty shaky in the context
of code like apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths, and even if it's not broken
today it'd certainly bite us at some point. (Nastily, unsafe use of the
old coding would almost always work; the hazard comes down to possibly
looking through a dangling pointer, and only once in a blue moon would
you find something there that resulted in the wrong answer.)
It now looks like it was a mistake for IS_DUMMY_REL to be a macro: if
there are any extensions using it, they'll continue to use the old
inadequate logic until they're recompiled, after which they'll fail
to load into server versions predating this fix. Hopefully there are
few such extensions.
Having fixed IS_DUMMY_REL, the special path for dummy rels in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths is unnecessary as well as being wrong,
so we can just drop it.
Also change a few places that were testing for partitioned-ness of a
planner relation but not using IS_PARTITIONED_REL for the purpose; that
seems unsafe as well as inconsistent, plus it required an ugly hack in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths.
In passing, save a few cycles in apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths by
skipping processing of pre-existing paths for partitioned rels,
and do some cosmetic cleanup and comment adjustment in that function.
I renamed IS_DUMMY_PATH to IS_DUMMY_APPEND with the intention of breaking
any code that might be using it, since in almost every case that would
be wrong; IS_DUMMY_REL is what to be using instead.
In HEAD, also make set_dummy_rel_pathlist static (since it's no longer
used from outside allpaths.c), and delete is_dummy_plan, since it's no
longer used anywhere.
Back-patch as appropriate into v11 and v10.
Tom Lane and Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15669-02fb3296cca26203@postgresql.org
We still require AccessExclusiveLock on the partition itself, because
otherwise an insert that violates the newly-imposed partition
constraint could be in progress at the same time that we're changing
that constraint; only the lock level on the parent relation is
weakened.
To make this safe, we have to cope with (at least) three separate
problems. First, relevant DDL might commit while we're in the process
of building a PartitionDesc. If so, find_inheritance_children() might
see a new partition while the RELOID system cache still has the old
partition bound cached, and even before invalidation messages have
been queued. To fix that, if we see that the pg_class tuple seems to
be missing or to have a null relpartbound, refetch the value directly
from the table. We can't get the wrong value, because DETACH PARTITION
still requires AccessExclusiveLock throughout; if we ever want to
change that, this will need more thought. In testing, I found it quite
difficult to hit even the null-relpartbound case; the race condition
is extremely tight, but the theoretical risk is there.
Second, successive calls to RelationGetPartitionDesc might not return
the same answer. The query planner will get confused if lookup up the
PartitionDesc for a particular relation does not return a consistent
answer for the entire duration of query planning. Likewise, query
execution will get confused if the same relation seems to have a
different PartitionDesc at different times. Invent a new
PartitionDirectory concept and use it to ensure consistency. This
ensures that a single invocation of either the planner or the executor
sees the same view of the PartitionDesc from beginning to end, but it
does not guarantee that the planner and the executor see the same
view. Since this allows pointers to old PartitionDesc entries to
survive even after a relcache rebuild, also postpone removing the old
PartitionDesc entry until we're certain no one is using it.
For the most part, it seems to be OK for the planner and executor to
have different views of the PartitionDesc, because the executor will
just ignore any concurrently added partitions which were unknown at
plan time; those partitions won't be part of the inheritance
expansion, but invalidation messages will trigger replanning at some
point. Normally, this happens by the time the very next command is
executed, but if the next command acquires no locks and executes a
prepared query, it can manage not to notice until a new transaction is
started. We might want to tighten that up, but it's material for a
separate patch. There would still be a small window where a query
that started just after an ATTACH PARTITION command committed might
fail to notice its results -- but only if the command starts before
the commit has been acknowledged to the user. All in all, the warts
here around serializability seem small enough to be worth accepting
for the considerable advantage of being able to add partitions without
a full table lock.
Although in general the consequences of new partitions showing up
between planning and execution are limited to the query not noticing
the new partitions, run-time partition pruning will get confused in
that case, so that's the third problem that this patch fixes.
Run-time partition pruning assumes that indexes into the PartitionDesc
are stable between planning and execution. So, add code so that if
new partitions are added between plan time and execution time, the
indexes stored in the subplan_map[] and subpart_map[] arrays within
the plan's PartitionedRelPruneInfo get adjusted accordingly. There
does not seem to be a simple way to generalize this scheme to cope
with partitions that are removed, mostly because they could then get
added back again with different bounds, but it works OK for added
partitions.
This code does not try to ensure that every backend participating in
a parallel query sees the same view of the PartitionDesc. That
currently doesn't matter, because we never pass PartitionDesc
indexes between backends. Each backend will ignore the concurrently
added partitions which it notices, and it doesn't matter if different
backends are ignoring different sets of concurrently added partitions.
If in the future that matters, for example because we allow writes in
parallel query and want all participants to do tuple routing to the same
set of partitions, the PartitionDirectory concept could be improved to
share PartitionDescs across backends. There is a draft patch to
serialize and restore PartitionDescs on the thread where this patch
was discussed, which may be a useful place to start.
Patch by me. Thanks to Alvaro Herrera, David Rowley, Simon Riggs,
Amit Langote, and Michael Paquier for discussion, and to Alvaro
Herrera for some review.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobt2upbSocvvDej3yzokd7AkiT+PvgFH+a9-5VV1oJNSQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZE0r9-cyA-aY6f8WFEROaDLLL7Vf81kZ8MtFCkxpeQSw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY13KQZF-=HNTrt9UYWYx3_oYOQpu9ioNT49jGgiDpUEA@mail.gmail.com
Until now the the slot to store the conflicting tuple, and the result
of the ON CONFLICT SET, where reused between partitions. That
necessitated changing slots descriptor when switching partitions.
Besides the overhead of switching descriptors on a slot (which
requires memory allocations and prevents JITing), that's importantly
also problematic for tableam. There individual partitions might belong
to different tableams, needing different kinds of slots.
In passing also fix ExecOnConflictUpdate to clear the existing slot at
exit. Otherwise that slot could continue to hold a pin till the query
ends, which could be far too long if the input data set is large, and
there's no further conflicts. While previously also problematic, it's
now more important as there will be more such slots when partitioned.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This introduces the concept of table access methods, i.e. CREATE
ACCESS METHOD ... TYPE TABLE and
CREATE TABLE ... USING (storage-engine).
No table access functionality is delegated to table AMs as of this
commit, that'll be done in following commits.
Subsequent commits will incrementally abstract table access
functionality to be routed through table access methods. That change
is too large to be reviewed & committed at once, so it'll be done
incrementally.
Docs will be updated at the end, as adding them incrementally would
likely make them less coherent, and definitely is a lot more work,
without a lot of benefit.
Table access methods are specified similar to index access methods,
i.e. pg_am.amhandler returns, as INTERNAL, a pointer to a struct with
callbacks. In contrast to index AMs that struct needs to live as long
as a backend, typically that's achieved by just returning a pointer to
a constant struct.
Psql's \d+ now displays a table's access method. That can be disabled
with HIDE_TABLEAM=true, which is mainly useful so regression tests can
be run against different AMs. It's quite possible that this behaviour
still needs to be fine tuned.
For now it's not allowed to set a table AM for a partitioned table, as
we've not resolved how partitions would inherit that. Disallowing
allows us to introduce, if we decide that's the way forward, such a
behaviour without a compatibility break.
Catversion bumped, to add the heap table AM and references to it.
Author: Haribabu Kommi, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Golgov and others
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsqlhttps://postgr.es/m/20190107235616.6lur25ph22u5u5av@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190304234700.w5tmhducs5wxgzls@alap3.anarazel.de
For the upcoming pluggable table access methods it's quite
inconvenient to store tuples as HeapTuples, as that'd require
converting tuples from a their native format into HeapTuples. Instead
use slots to manage epq tuples.
To fit into that scheme, change the foreign data wrapper callback
RefetchForeignRow, to store the tuple in a slot. Insist on using the
caller provided slot, so it conveniently can be stored in the
corresponding EPQ slot. As there is no in core user of
RefetchForeignRow, that change was done blindly, but we plan to test
that soon.
To avoid duplicating that work for row locks, move row locks to just
directly use the EPQ slots - it previously temporarily stored tuples
in LockRowsState.lr_curtuples, but that doesn't seem beneficial, given
we'd possibly end up with a significant number of additional slots.
The behaviour of es_epqTupleSet[rti -1] is now checked by
es_epqTupleSlot[rti -1] != NULL, as that is distinguishable from a
slot containing an empty tuple.
Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
We have forboth() and forthree() macros that simplify iterating
through several parallel lists, but not everyplace that could
reasonably use those was doing so. Also invent forfour() and
forfive() macros to do the same for four or five parallel lists,
and use those where applicable.
The immediate motivation for doing this is to reduce the number
of ad-hoc lnext() calls, to reduce the footprint of a WIP patch.
However, it seems like good cleanup and error-proofing anyway;
the places that were combining forthree() with a manually iterated
loop seem particularly illegible and bug-prone.
There was some speculation about restructuring related parsetree
representations to reduce the need for parallel list chasing of
this sort. Perhaps that's a win, or perhaps not, but in any case
it would be considerably more invasive than this patch; and it's
not particularly related to my immediate goal of improving the
List infrastructure. So I'll leave that question for another day.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
In preparation for abstracting table storage, convert trigger.c to
track tuples in slots. Which also happens to make code calling
triggers simpler.
As the calling interface for triggers themselves is not changed in
this patch, HeapTuples still are extracted from the slot at that
time. But that's handled solely inside trigger.c, not visible to
callers. It's quite likely that we'll want to revise the external
trigger interface, but that's a separate large project.
As part of this work the slots used for old/new/return tuples are
moved from EState into ResultRelInfo, as different updated tables
might need different slots. The slots are now also now created
on-demand, which is good both from an efficiency POV, but also makes
the modifying code simpler.
Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar and Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Remove some unnecessary, legacy-looking use of the PROCEDURAL keyword
before LANGUAGE. We mostly don't use this anymore, so some of these
look a bit old.
There is still some use in pg_dump, which is harder to remove because
it's baked into the archive format, so I'm not touching that.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2330919b-62d9-29ac-8de3-58c024fdcb96@2ndquadrant.com
Historically we've always materialized the full output of a CTE query,
treating WITH as an optimization fence (so that, for example, restrictions
from the outer query cannot be pushed into it). This is appropriate when
the CTE query is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, or is recursive; but when the CTE
query is non-recursive and side-effect-free, there's no hazard of changing
the query results by pushing restrictions down.
Another argument for materialization is that it can avoid duplicate
computation of an expensive WITH query --- but that only applies if
the WITH query is called more than once in the outer query. Even then
it could still be a net loss, if each call has restrictions that
would allow just a small part of the WITH query to be computed.
Hence, let's change the behavior for WITH queries that are non-recursive
and side-effect-free. By default, we will inline them into the outer
query (removing the optimization fence) if they are called just once.
If they are called more than once, we will keep the old behavior by
default, but the user can override this and force inlining by specifying
NOT MATERIALIZED. Lastly, the user can force the old behavior by
specifying MATERIALIZED; this would mainly be useful when the query had
deliberately been employing WITH as an optimization fence to prevent a
poor choice of plan.
Andreas Karlsson, Andrew Gierth, David Fetter
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sh48ffhb.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
In commit 1a8d5afb0, I thought it'd be a good idea to define
IndexClause.indexquals as NIL in the most common case where the given
clause (IndexClause.rinfo) is usable exactly as-is. It'd be more
consistent to define the indexquals in that case as being a one-element
list containing IndexClause.rinfo, but I thought saving the palloc
overhead for making such a list would be worthwhile.
In hindsight, that was a great example of "premature optimization is the
root of all evil": it's complicated everyplace that needs to deal with
the indexquals, requiring duplicative code to handle both the simple
case and the not-simple case. I'd initially found that tolerable but
it's getting less so as I mop up some areas that I'd not touched in
1a8d5afb0. In any case, two more pallocs during a planner run are
surely at the noise level (a conclusion confirmed by a bit of
microbenchmarking). So let's change this decision before it becomes
set in stone, and insist that IndexClause.indexquals always be a valid
list of the actual index quals for the clause.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
For a long time, indxpath.c has had the ability to extract derived (lossy)
index conditions from certain operators such as LIKE. For just as long,
it's been obvious that we really ought to make that capability available
to extensions. This commit finally accomplishes that, by adding another
API for planner support functions that lets them create derived index
conditions for their functions. As proof of concept, the hardwired
"special index operator" code formerly present in indxpath.c is pushed
out to planner support functions attached to LIKE and other relevant
operators.
A weak spot in this design is that an extension needs to know OIDs for
the operators, datatypes, and opfamilies involved in the transformation
it wants to make. The core-code prototypes use hard-wired OID references
but extensions don't have that option for their own operators etc. It's
usually possible to look up the required info, but that may be slow and
inconvenient. However, improving that situation is a separate task.
I want to do some additional refactorization around selfuncs.c, but
that also seems like a separate task.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
Add support function requests for estimating the selectivity, cost,
and number of result rows (if a SRF) of the target function.
The lack of a way to estimate selectivity of a boolean-returning
function in WHERE has been a recognized deficiency of the planner
since Berkeley days. This commit finally fixes it.
In addition, non-constant estimates of cost and number of output
rows are now possible. We still fall back to looking at procost
and prorows if the support function doesn't service the request,
of course.
To make concrete use of the possibility of estimating output rowcount
for SRFs, this commit adds support functions for array_unnest(anyarray)
and the integer variants of generate_series; the lack of plausible
rowcount estimates for those, even when it's obvious to a human,
has been a repeated subject of complaints. Obviously, much more
could now be done in this line, but I'm mostly just trying to get
the infrastructure in place.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
Rename/repurpose pg_proc.protransform as "prosupport". The idea is
still that it names an internal function that provides knowledge to
the planner about the behavior of the function it's attached to;
but redesign the API specification so that it's not limited to doing
just one thing, but can support an extensible set of requests.
The original purpose of simplifying a function call is handled by
the first request type to be invented, SupportRequestSimplify.
Adjust all the existing transform functions to handle this API,
and rename them fron "xxx_transform" to "xxx_support" to reflect
the potential generalization of what they do. (Since we never
previously provided any way for extensions to add transform functions,
this change doesn't create an API break for them.)
Also add DDL and pg_dump support for attaching a support function to a
user-defined function. Unfortunately, DDL access has to be restricted
to superusers, at least for now; but seeing that support functions
will pretty much have to be written in C, that limitation is just
theoretical. (This support is untested in this patch, but a follow-on
patch will add cases that exercise it.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses,
indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list
"indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes. This holds basically the same
information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there
is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction
clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index
conditions) derived from it.
We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation,
if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list
is always directly usable as an index condition. This gets rid of repeated
re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing
and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator
operator. To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of
commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function
commute_restrictinfo(). For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause
properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before,
it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the
pretty-klugy original implementation did.
Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us
also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy
translation of the original. This provides a cheap solution to getting
rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously
seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth.
Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows
index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing.
This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related
functions in a slightly messy state. I didn't bother to change them
any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure,
because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in
a follow-on patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
The old name of this file was never a very good indication of what it
was for. Now that there's also access/relation.h, we have a potential
confusion hazard as well, so let's rename it to something more apropos.
Per discussion, "pathnodes.h" is reasonable, since a good fraction of
the file is Path node definitions.
While at it, tweak a couple of other headers that were gratuitously
importing relation.h into modules that don't need it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7719.1548688728@sss.pgh.pa.us
Create a new header optimizer/optimizer.h, which exposes just the
planner functions that can be used "at arm's length", without need
to access Paths or the other planner-internal data structures defined
in nodes/relation.h. This is intended to provide the whole planner
API seen by most of the rest of the system; although FDWs still need
to use additional stuff, and more thought is also needed about just
what selfuncs.c should rely on.
The main point of doing this now is to limit the amount of new
#include baggage that will be needed by "planner support functions",
which I expect to introduce later, and which will be in relevant
datatype modules rather than anywhere near the planner.
This commit just moves relevant declarations into optimizer.h from
other header files (a couple of which go away because everything
got moved), and adjusts #include lists to match. There's further
cleanup that could be done if we want to decide that some stuff
being exposed by optimizer.h doesn't belong in the planner at all,
but I'll leave that for another day.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
Move a few very simple node-creation and node-type-testing functions
from the planner's clauses.c to nodes/makefuncs and nodes/nodeFuncs.
There's nothing planner-specific about them, as evidenced by the
number of other places that were using them.
While at it, rename and_clause() etc to is_andclause() etc, to clarify
that they are node-type-testing functions not node-creation functions.
And use "static inline" implementations for the shortest ones.
Also, modify flatten_join_alias_vars() and some subsidiary functions
to take a Query not a PlannerInfo to define the join structure that
Vars should be translated according to. They were only using the
"parse" field of the PlannerInfo anyway, so this just requires removing
one level of indirection. The advantage is that now parse_agg.c can
use flatten_join_alias_vars() without the horrid kluge of creating an
incomplete PlannerInfo, which will allow that file to be decoupled from
relation.h in a subsequent patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a
thorn in the side of the planner. It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query
that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner
generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query
would have an empty relid set if we flattened it. prepjointree.c contains
some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but
there is a much better answer. We can replace an empty FROM clause with a
dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there
are no such corner cases to worry about. Instead we need some logic to
get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases
than what was there before.
For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and
nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a
noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not
that much for the planner to do overall. However testing says that the
penalty is very small, close to the noise level. In more complex queries,
this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before.
The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it
gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT
expression" query before). To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath
path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate
grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row.
(It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different
rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.)
Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion
bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules,
only plans.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
Before this change FunctionCallInfoData, the struct arguments etc for
V1 function calls are stored in, always had space for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS/100 arguments, storing datums and their nullness in two
arrays. For nearly every function call 100 arguments is far more than
needed, therefore wasting memory. Arg and argnull being two separate
arrays also guarantees that to access a single argument, two
cachelines have to be touched.
Change the layout so there's a single variable-length array with pairs
of value / isnull. That drastically reduces memory consumption for
most function calls (on x86-64 a two argument function now uses
64bytes, previously 936 bytes), and makes it very likely that argument
value and its nullness are on the same cacheline.
Arguments are stored in a new NullableDatum struct, which, due to
padding, needs more memory per argument than before. But as usually
far fewer arguments are stored, and individual arguments are cheaper
to access, that's still a clear win. It's likely that there's other
places where conversion to NullableDatum arrays would make sense,
e.g. TupleTableSlots, but that's for another commit.
Because the function call information is now variable-length
allocations have to take the number of arguments into account. For
heap allocations that can be done with SizeForFunctionCallInfoData(),
for on-stack allocations there's a new LOCAL_FCINFO(name, nargs) macro
that helps to allocate an appropriately sized and aligned variable.
Some places with stack allocation function call information don't know
the number of arguments at compile time, and currently variably sized
stack allocations aren't allowed in postgres. Therefore allow for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS space in these cases. They're not that common, so for
now that seems acceptable.
Because of the need to allocate FunctionCallInfo of the appropriate
size, older extensions may need to update their code. To avoid subtle
breakages, the FunctionCallInfoData struct has been renamed to
FunctionCallInfoBaseData. Most code only references FunctionCallInfo,
so that shouldn't cause much collateral damage.
This change is also a prerequisite for more efficient expression JIT
compilation (by allocating the function call information on the stack,
allowing LLVM to optimize it away); previously the size of the call
information caused problems inside LLVM's optimizer.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180605172952.x34m5uz6ju6enaem@alap3.anarazel.de
This change allows callers of query_tree_walker() to choose whether
to visit an RTE before or after visiting the contents of the RTE
(i.e., prefix or postfix tree order). All existing users of
QTW_EXAMINE_RTES want the QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_BEFORE behavior, but
an upcoming patch will want QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_AFTER, and it seems
like a potentially useful change on its own.
Andreas Karlsson (extracted from CTE inlining patch)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8810.1542402910@sss.pgh.pa.us
Extends the COPY FROM command with a WHERE condition, which allows doing
various types of filtering while importing the data (random sampling,
condition on a data column, etc.). Until now such filtering required
either preprocessing of the input data, or importing all data and then
filtering in the database. COPY FROM ... WHERE is an easy-to-use and
low-overhead alternative for most simple cases.
Author: Surafel Temesgen
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada, Lim Myungkyu
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALAY4q_DdpWDuB5-Zyi-oTtO2uSk8pmy+dupiRe3AvAc++1imA@mail.gmail.com
This is the genam.h equivalent of 4c850ecec6 (which removed
heapam.h from a lot of other headers). There's still a few header
includes of genam.h, but not from central headers anymore.
As a few headers are not indirectly included anymore, execnodes.h and
relscan.h need a few additional includes. Some of the depended on
types were replacable by using the underlying structs, but e.g. for
Snapshot in execnodes.h that'd have gotten more invasive than
reasonable in this commit.
Like the aforementioned commit 4c850ecec6, this requires adding new
genam.h includes to a number of backend files, which likely is also
required in a few external projects.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
heapam.h previously was included in a number of widely used
headers (e.g. execnodes.h, indirectly in executor.h, ...). That's
problematic on its own, as heapam.h contains a lot of low-level
details that don't need to be exposed that widely, but becomes more
problematic with the upcoming introduction of pluggable table storage
- it seems inappropriate for heapam.h to be included that widely
afterwards.
heapam.h was largely only included in other headers to get the
HeapScanDesc typedef (which was defined in heapam.h, even though
HeapScanDescData is defined in relscan.h). The better solution here
seems to be to just use the underlying struct (forward declared where
necessary). Similar for BulkInsertState.
Another problem was that LockTupleMode was used in executor.h - parts
of the file tried to cope without heapam.h, but due to the fact that
it indirectly included it, several subsequent violations of that goal
were not not noticed. We could just reuse the approach of declaring
parameters as int, but it seems nicer to move LockTupleMode to
lockoptions.h - that's not a perfect location, but also doesn't seem
bad.
As a number of files relied on implicitly included heapam.h, a
significant number of files grew an explicit include. It's quite
probably that a few external projects will need to do the same.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
In commit 8b08f7d482 I added member relationId to IndexStmt struct.
I'm now not sure why; DefineIndex doesn't need it, since the relation
OID is passed as a separate argument anyway. Remove it.
Also remove a redundant assignment to the relationId argument (it wasn't
redundant when added by commit e093dcdd28, but should have been removed
in commit 5f173040e3), and use relationId instead of stmt->relation when
locking the relation in the second phase of CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY,
which is not only confusing but it means we resolve the name twice for
no reason.
Up to now we've not worried much about joins where the join key is a
relation's CTID column, reasoning that storing a table's CTIDs in some
other table would be pretty useless. However, there are use-cases for
this sort of query involving self-joins, so that argument doesn't really
hold water.
This patch allows generating plans for joins on CTID that use a nestloop
with inner TidScan, similar to what we might do with an index on the join
column. This is the most efficient way to join when the outer side of
the nestloop is expected to yield relatively few rows.
This change requires upgrading tidpath.c and the generated TidPaths
to work with RestrictInfos instead of bare qual clauses, but that's
long-postponed technical debt anyway.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17443.1545435266@sss.pgh.pa.us
Using the full width of the CPU's native word size shouldn't cost
anything in typical cases. When working with large bitmapsets,
this halves the number of operations needed for many common BMS
operations. On the right sort of test case, a measurable improvement
is obtained.
David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9EGBd2h-VkXvb=51tf+X46zMX5T8h-KYgXEV_u2zmLUw@mail.gmail.com
Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction
of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column,
but as part of the tuple header.
This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd,
as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important
parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the
oid column by default.
The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a
significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That
already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make
table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating
that "specialness" significantly.
WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0).
Remove it.
Removing includes:
- CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be
WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out)
- pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will
issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column).
- restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when
restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column)
- COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids.
- pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH
OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first.
- Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like
plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed.
The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false)
for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of
support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that
do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them.
The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This
commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally
declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the
newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column
naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously
requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via
HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column.
The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in
genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest
oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above
FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the
special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed.
Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all
backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For
the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for
the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog
tables).
The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns
means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded
by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid,
previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid
column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either
have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the
line.
While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the
scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this
now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit
after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other
patches.
Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.
Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
This speeds up write operations (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, COPY, as well
as the future MERGE) on partitioned tables.
This changes the setup for tuple routing so that it does far less work
during the initial setup and pushes more work out to when partitions
receive tuples. PartitionDispatchData structs for sub-partitioned
tables are only created when a tuple gets routed through it. The
possibly large arrays in the PartitionTupleRouting struct have largely
been removed. The partitions[] array remains but now never contains any
NULL gaps. Previously the NULLs had to be skipped during
ExecCleanupTupleRouting(), which could add a large overhead to the
cleanup when the number of partitions was large. The partitions[] array
is allocated small to start with and only enlarged when we route tuples
to enough partitions that it runs out of space. This allows us to keep
simple single-row partition INSERTs running quickly. Redesign
The arrays in PartitionTupleRouting which stored the tuple translation maps
have now been removed. These have been moved out into a
PartitionRoutingInfo struct which is an additional field in ResultRelInfo.
The find_all_inheritors() call still remains by far the slowest part of
ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting(). This commit just removes the other slow
parts.
In passing also rename the tuple translation maps from being ParentToChild
and ChildToParent to being RootToPartition and PartitionToRoot. The old
names mislead you into thinking that a partition of some sub-partitioned
table would translate to the rowtype of the sub-partitioned table rather
than the root partitioned table.
Authors: David Rowley and Amit Langote, heavily revised by Álvaro Herrera
Testing help from Jesper Pedersen and Kato Sho.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1RJyFquuCKRFHTdcXqoPX-PYqAd7nz=GVBwvGh4a6xA@mail.gmail.com
Upcoming work intends to allow pluggable ways to introduce new ways of
storing table data. Accessing those table access methods from the
executor requires TupleTableSlots to be carry tuples in the native
format of such storage methods; otherwise there'll be a significant
conversion overhead.
Different access methods will require different data to store tuples
efficiently (just like virtual, minimal, heap already require fields
in TupleTableSlot). To allow that without requiring additional pointer
indirections, we want to have different structs (embedding
TupleTableSlot) for different types of slots. Thus different types of
slots are needed, which requires adapting creators of slots.
The slot that most efficiently can represent a type of tuple in an
executor node will often depend on the type of slot a child node
uses. Therefore we need to track the type of slot is returned by
nodes, so parent slots can create slots based on that.
Relatedly, JIT compilation of tuple deforming needs to know which type
of slot a certain expression refers to, so it can create an
appropriate deforming function for the type of tuple in the slot.
But not all nodes will only return one type of slot, e.g. an append
node will potentially return different types of slots for each of its
subplans.
Therefore add function that allows to query the type of a node's
result slot, and whether it'll always be the same type (whether it's
fixed). This can be queried using ExecGetResultSlotOps().
The scan, result, inner, outer type of slots are automatically
inferred from ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), ExecInitResultSlot(),
left/right subtrees respectively. If that's not correct for a node,
that can be overwritten using new fields in PlanState.
This commit does not introduce the actually abstracted implementation
of different kind of TupleTableSlots, that will be left for a followup
commit. The different types of slots introduced will, for now, still
use the same backing implementation.
While this already partially invalidates the big comment in
tuptable.h, it seems to make more sense to update it later, when the
different TupleTableSlot implementations actually exist.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
The comments above the PartitionedRelPruneInfo struct incorrectly
document how subplan_map and subpart_map are indexed. This seems to
have snuck in on 4e23236403.
Author: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
In a lot of nodes the return slot is not required. That can either be
because the node doesn't do any projection (say an Append node), or
because the node does perform projections but the projection is
optimized away because the projection would yield an identical row.
Slots aren't that small, especially for wide rows, so it's worthwhile
to avoid creating them. It's not possible to just skip creating the
slot - it's currently used to determine the tuple descriptor returned
by ExecGetResultType(). So separate the determination of the result
type from the slot creation. The work previously done internally
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL() can now also be done separately with
ExecInitResultTypeTL() and ExecInitResultSlot(). That way nodes that
aren't guaranteed to need a result slot, can use
ExecInitResultTypeTL() to determine the result type of the node, and
ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo() (via
ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo()) determines that a result slot
is needed, it is created with ExecInitResultSlot().
Besides the advantage of avoiding to create slots that then are
unused, this is necessary preparation for later patches around tuple
table slot abstraction. In particular separating the return descriptor
and slot is a prerequisite to allow JITing of tuple deforming with
knowledge of the underlying tuple format, and to avoid unnecessarily
creating JITed tuple deforming for virtual slots.
This commit removes a redundant argument from
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL(). While this commit touches a lot of the
relevant lines anyway, it'd normally still not worthwhile to cause
breakage, except that aforementioned later commits will touch *all*
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL() callers anyway (but fits worse
thematically).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
The original code to propagate NOT NULL and default expressions
specified when creating a partition was mostly copy-pasted from
typed-tables creation, but not being a great match it contained some
duplicity, inefficiency and bugs.
This commit fixes the bug that NOT NULL constraints declared in the
parent table would not be honored in the partition. One reported issue
that is not fixed is that a DEFAULT declared in the child is not used
when inserting through the parent. That would amount to a behavioral
change that's better not back-patched.
This rewrite makes the code simpler:
1. instead of checking for duplicate column names in its own block,
reuse the original one that already did that;
2. instead of concatenating the list of columns from parent and the one
declared in the partition and scanning the result to (incorrectly)
propagate defaults and not-null constraints, just scan the latter
searching the former for a match, and merging sensibly. This works
because we know the list in the parent is already correct and there can
only be one parent.
This rewrite makes ColumnDef->is_from_parent unused, so it's removed
on branch master; on released branches, it's kept as an unused field in
order not to cause ABI incompatibilities.
This commit also adds a test case for creating partitions with
collations mismatching that on the parent table, something that is
closely related to the code being patched. No code change is introduced
though, since that'd be a behavior change that could break some (broken)
working applications.
Amit Langote wrote a less invasive fix for the original
NOT NULL/defaults bug, but while I kept the tests he added, I ended up
not using his original code. Ashutosh Bapat reviewed Amit's fix. Amit
reviewed mine.
Author: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Langote
Reported-by: Jürgen Strobel (bug #15212)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/152746742177.1291.9847032632907407358@wrigleys.postgresql.org
The planner doesn't make any use of root->total_table_pages until it
estimates costs of indexscans, so we don't need to compute it as
early as that's currently done. By doing the calculation between
set_base_rel_sizes and set_base_rel_pathlists, we can omit relations
that get removed from the query by partition pruning or constraint
exclusion, which seems like a more accurate basis for costing.
(Historical note: I think at the time this code was written, there
was not a separation between the "set sizes" and "set pathlists"
steps, so that this approach would have been impossible at the time.
But now that we have that separation, this is clearly the better way
to do things.)
David Rowley, reviewed by Edmund Horner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-NG1mRM0VOtkAG7=ZLQWihoqees9R4ki3CKBB0-fRfCA@mail.gmail.com
An array-type coercion appearing within a CASE that has a constant
(after const-folding) test expression was mangled by the planner, causing
all the elements of the resulting array to be equal to the coerced value
of the CASE's test expression. This is my oversight in commit c12d570fa:
that changed ArrayCoerceExpr to use a subexpression involving a
CaseTestExpr, and I didn't notice that eval_const_expressions needed an
adjustment to keep from folding such a CaseTestExpr to a constant when
it's inside a suitable CASE.
This is another in what's getting to be a depressingly long line of bugs
associated with misidentification of the referent of a CaseTestExpr.
We're overdue to redesign that mechanism; but any such fix is unlikely
to be back-patchable into v11. As a stopgap, fix eval_const_expressions
to do what it must here. Also add a bunch of comments pointing out the
restrictions and assumptions that are needed to make this work at all.
Also fix a related oversight: contain_context_dependent_node() was not
aware of the relationship of ArrayCoerceExpr to CaseTestExpr. That was
somewhat fail-soft, in that the outcome of a wrong answer would be to
prevent optimizations that could have been made, but let's fix it while
we're at it.
Per bug #15471 from Matt Williams. Back-patch to v11 where the faulty
logic came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15471-1117f49271989bad@postgresql.org
es_leaf_result_relations doesn't exist; perhaps this was an old name
for es_tuple_routing_result_relations, or maybe this comment has gone
unmaintained through multiple rounds of whacking the code around.
Related comment in execnodes.h was both obsolete and ungrammatical.
If there are many ExecRowMark structs, we spent O(N^2) time in
ExecFindRowMark during executor startup. Once upon a time this was
not of great concern, but the addition of native partitioning has
squeezed out enough other costs that this can become the dominant
overhead in some use-cases for tables with many partitions.
To fix, simply replace that List data structure with an array.
This adds a little bit of cost to execCurrentOf(), but not much,
and anyway that code path is neither of large importance nor very
efficient now. If we ever decide it is a bottleneck, constructing a
hash table for lookup-by-tableoid would likely be the thing to do.
Per complaint from Amit Langote, though this is different from
his fix proposal.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
In the wake of commit f2343653f, we no longer need some fields that
were used before to control executor lock acquisitions:
* PlannedStmt.nonleafResultRelations can go away entirely.
* partitioned_rels can go away from Append, MergeAppend, and ModifyTable.
However, ModifyTable still needs to know the RT index of the partition
root table if any, which was formerly kept in the first entry of that
list. Add a new field "rootRelation" to remember that. rootRelation is
partly redundant with nominalRelation, in that if it's set it will have
the same value as nominalRelation. However, the latter field has a
different purpose so it seems best to keep them distinct.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Instead of doing a lot of list_nth() accesses to es_range_table,
create a flattened pointer array during executor startup and index
into that to get at individual RangeTblEntrys.
This eliminates one source of O(N^2) behavior with lots of partitions.
(I'm not exactly convinced that it's the most important source, but
it's an easy one to fix.)
Amit Langote and David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Create an array estate->es_relations[] paralleling the es_range_table,
and store references to Relations (relcache entries) there, so that any
given RT entry is opened and closed just once per executor run. Scan
nodes typically still call ExecOpenScanRelation, but ExecCloseScanRelation
is no more; relation closing is now done centrally in ExecEndPlan.
This is slightly more complex than one would expect because of the
interactions with relcache references held in ResultRelInfo nodes.
The general convention is now that ResultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc does
not represent a separate relcache reference and so does not need to be
explicitly closed; but there is an exception for ResultRelInfos in the
es_trig_target_relations list, which are manufactured by
ExecGetTriggerResultRel and have to be cleaned up by
ExecCleanUpTriggerState. (That much was true all along, but these
ResultRelInfos are now more different from others than they used to be.)
To allow the partition pruning logic to make use of es_relations[] rather
than having its own relcache references, adjust PartitionedRelPruneInfo
to store an RT index rather than a relation OID.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
some mods by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
When specified, this option allows VACUUM to skip the work on a relation
if there is a conflicting lock on it when trying to open it at the
beginning of its processing.
Similarly to autovacuum, this comes with a couple of limitations while
the relation is processed which can cause the process to still block:
- when opening the relation indexes.
- when acquiring row samples for table inheritance trees, partition trees
or certain types of foreign tables, and that a lock is taken on some
leaves of such trees.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9EF7EBE4-720D-4CF1-9D0E-4403D7E92990@amazon.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171201160907.27110.74730@wrigleys.postgresql.org
I (Andres) was more than a bit hasty in committing 33001fd7a7
after last minute changes, leading to a number of problems (jit output
was only shown for JIT in parallel workers, and just EXPLAIN without
ANALYZE didn't work). Lukas luckily found these issues quickly.
Instead of combining instrumentation in in standard_ExecutorEnd(), do
so on demand in the new ExplainPrintJITSummary().
Also update a documentation example of the JIT output, changed in
52050ad8eb.
Author: Lukas Fittl, with minor changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP53PkxmgJht69pabxBXJBM+0oc6kf3KHMborLP7H2ouJ0CCtQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11, where JIT compilation was introduced
Add RangeTblEntry.rellockmode, which records the appropriate lock mode for
each RTE_RELATION rangetable entry (either AccessShareLock, RowShareLock,
or RowExclusiveLock depending on the RTE's role in the query).
This patch creates the field and makes all creators of RTE nodes fill it
in reasonably, but for the moment nothing much is done with it. The plan
is to replace assorted post-parser logic that re-determines the right
lockmode to use with simple uses of rte->rellockmode. For now, just add
Asserts in each of those places that the rellockmode matches what they are
computing today. (In some cases the match isn't perfect, so the Asserts
are weaker than you might expect; but this seems OK, as per discussion.)
This passes check-world for me, but it seems worth pushing in this state
to see if the buildfarm finds any problems in cases I failed to test.
catversion bump due to change of stored rules.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Previously, when using parallel query, EXPLAIN (ANALYZE)'s JIT
compilation timings did not include the overhead from doing so on the
workers. Fix that.
We do so by simply aggregating the cost of doing JIT compilation on
workers and the leader together. Arguably that's not quite accurate,
because the total time spend doing so is spent in parallel - but it's
hard to do much better. For additional detail, when VERBOSE is
specified, the stats for workers are displayed separately.
Author: Amit Khandekar and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9eLrz51RK_gTkod+71iDcjpB_N8eC6vU2AW-VicsAERpQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-
In the normal course of operation, query trees will be serialized only if
they are stored as views or rules; and plan trees will be serialized only
if they get passed to parallel-query workers. This leaves an awful lot of
opportunity for bugs/oversights to not get detected, as indeed we've just
been reminded of the hard way.
To improve matters, this patch adds a new compile option
WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES, which is modeled on the longstanding option
COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES; but instead of passing all parse and plan trees
through copyObject, it passes them through nodeToString + stringToNode.
Enabling this option in a buildfarm animal or two will catch problems
at least for cases that are exercised by the regression tests.
A small problem with this idea is that readfuncs.c historically has
discarded location fields, on the reasonable grounds that parse
locations in a retrieved view are not relevant to the current query.
But doing that in WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES breaks pg_stat_statements,
and it could cause problems for future improvements that might try to
report error locations at runtime. To fix that, provide a variant
behavior in readfuncs.c that makes it restore location fields when
told to.
In passing, const-ify the string arguments of stringToNode and its
subsidiary functions, just because it annoyed me that they weren't
const already.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
A test patch to pass parse and plan trees through outfuncs + readfuncs
exposed several issues that need to be fixed to get clean matches:
Query.withCheckOptions failed to get copied; it's intentionally ignored
by outfuncs/readfuncs on the grounds that it'd always be NIL anyway in
stored rules. This seems less than future-proof, and it's not even
saving very much, so just undo the decision and treat the field like
all others.
Several places that convert a view RTE into a subquery RTE, or similar
manipulations, failed to clear out fields that were specific to the
original RTE type and should be zero in a subquery RTE. Since readfuncs.c
will leave such fields as zero, equalfuncs.c thinks the nodes are different
leading to a reported mismatch. It seems like a good idea to clear out the
no-longer-needed fields, even though in principle nothing should look at
them; the node ought to be indistinguishable from how it would look if
we'd built a new node instead of scribbling on the old one.
BuildOnConflictExcludedTargetlist randomly set the resname of some
TargetEntries to "" not NULL. outfuncs/readfuncs don't distinguish those
cases, and so the string will read back in as NULL ... but equalfuncs.c
does distinguish. Perhaps we ought to try to make things more consistent
in this area --- but it's just useless extra code space for
BuildOnConflictExcludedTargetlist to not use NULL here, so I fixed it for
now by making it do that.
catversion bumped because the change in handling of Query.withCheckOptions
affects stored rules.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
The system expects TABLEFUNC RTEs to have coltypes, coltypmods, and
colcollations lists, but outfuncs doesn't dump them and readfuncs doesn't
restore them. This doesn't cause obvious failures, because the only things
that look at those fields are expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type(),
which are mostly used during parse analysis, before anything would've
passed the parsetree through outfuncs/readfuncs. But expandRTE() is used
in build_physical_tlist(), which means that that function will return a
wrong answer for a TABLEFUNC RTE that came from a view. Very accidentally,
this doesn't cause serious problems, because what it will return is NIL
which callers will interpret as "couldn't build a physical tlist because
of dropped columns". So you still get a plan that works, though it's
marginally less efficient than it could be. There are also some other
expandRTE() calls associated with transformation of whole-row Vars in
the planner. I have been unable to exhibit misbehavior from that, and
it may be unreachable in any case that anyone would care about ... but
I'm not entirely convinced, so this seems like something we should back-
patch a fix for. Fortunately, we can fix it without forcing a change
of stored rules and a catversion bump, because we can just copy these
lists from the subsidiary TableFunc object.
readfuncs.c was also missing support for NamedTuplestoreScan plan nodes.
This accidentally fails to break parallel query because a query using
a named tuplestore would never be considered parallel-safe anyway.
However, project policy since parallel query came in is that all plan
node types should have outfuncs/readfuncs support, so this is clearly
an oversight that should be repaired.
Noted while fooling around with a patch to test outfuncs/readfuncs more
thoroughly. That exposed some other issues too, but these are the only
ones that seem worth back-patching.
Back-patch to v10 where both of these features came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
The original coding for XMLTABLE thought it could represent a default
namespace by a T_String Value node with a null string pointer. That's
not okay, though; in particular outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c are not on board
with such a representation, meaning you'll get a null pointer crash
if you try to store a view or rule containing this construct.
To fix, change the parsetree representation so that we have a NULL
list element, instead of a bogus Value node.
This isn't really a functional limitation since default XML namespaces
aren't yet implemented in the executor; you'd just get "DEFAULT
namespace is not supported" anyway. But crashes are not nice, so
back-patch to v10 where this syntax was added. Ordinarily we'd consider
a parsetree representation change to be un-backpatchable; but since
existing releases would crash on the way to storing such constructs,
there can't be any existing views/rules to be incompatible with.
Per report from Andrey Lepikhov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3690074f-abd2-56a9-144a-aa5545d7a291@postgrespro.ru
Commit f49842d, which added support for partitionwise joins, built the
child's tlist by applying adjust_appendrel_attrs() to the parent's. So in
the case where the parent's included a whole-row Var for the parent, the
child's contained a ConvertRowtypeExpr. To cope with that, that commit
added code to the planner, such as setrefs.c, but some code paths still
assumed that the tlist for a scan (or join) rel would only include Vars
and PlaceHolderVars, which was true before that commit, causing errors:
* When creating an explicit sort node for an input path for a mergejoin
path for a child join, prepare_sort_from_pathkeys() threw the 'could not
find pathkey item to sort' error.
* When deparsing a relation participating in a pushed down child join as a
subquery in contrib/postgres_fdw, get_relation_column_alias_ids() threw
the 'unexpected expression in subquery output' error.
* When performing set_plan_references() on a local join plan generated by
contrib/postgres_fdw for EvalPlanQual support for a pushed down child
join, fix_join_expr() threw the 'variable not found in subplan target
lists' error.
To fix these, two approaches have been proposed: one by Ashutosh Bapat and
one by me. While the former keeps building the child's tlist with a
ConvertRowtypeExpr, the latter builds it with a whole-row Var for the
child not to violate the planner assumption, and tries to fix it up later,
But both approaches need more work, so refuse to generate partitionwise
join paths when whole-row Vars are involved, instead. We don't need to
handle ConvertRowtypeExprs in the child's tlists for now, so this commit
also removes the changes to the planner.
Previously, partitionwise join computed attr_needed data for each child
separately, and built the child join's tlist using that data, which also
required an extra step for adding PlaceHolderVars to that tlist, but it
would be more efficient to build it from the parent join's tlist through
the adjust_appendrel_attrs() transformation. So this commit builds that
list that way, and simplifies build_joinrel_tlist() and placeholder.c as
well as part of set_append_rel_size() to basically what they were before
partitionwise join went in.
Back-patch to PG11 where partitionwise join was introduced.
Report by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi. Analysis by Ashutosh Bapat, who also
provided some of regression tests. Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6ktu-8tefLWtQuuZBYFaZA83vUzuRd7c1YHC-yEWyYFpg@mail.gmail.com
Multiple calls to XMLTABLE in a query (e.g. laterally applying it to a
table with an xml column, an important use-case) were leaking large
amounts of memory into the per-query context, blowing up memory usage.
Repair by reorganizing memory context usage in nodeTableFuncscan; use
the usual per-tuple context for row-by-row evaluations instead of
perValueCxt, and use the explicitly created context -- renamed from
perValueCxt to perTableCxt -- for arguments and state for each
individual table-generation operation.
Backpatch to PG10 where this code was introduced.
Original report by IRC user begriffs; analysis and patch by me.
Reviewed by Tom Lane and Pavel Stehule.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153394403528.10284.7530399040974170549@wrigleys.postgresql.org
The previous coding here supposed that if run-time partitioning applied to
a particular Append/MergeAppend plan, then all child plans of that node
must be members of a single partitioning hierarchy. This is totally wrong,
since an Append could be formed from a UNION ALL: we could have multiple
hierarchies sharing the same Append, or child plans that aren't part of any
hierarchy.
To fix, restructure the related plan-time and execution-time data
structures so that we can have a separate list or array for each
partitioning hierarchy. Also track subplans that are not part of any
hierarchy, and make sure they don't get pruned.
Per reports from Phil Florent and others. Back-patch to v11, since
the bug originated there.
David Rowley, with a lot of cosmetic adjustments by me; thanks also
to Amit Langote for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HE1PR03MB17068BB27404C90B5B788BCABA7B0@HE1PR03MB1706.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
The recheck option became a no-op as ClusterOption failed to set proper
values for each element. There was a second code path where local
options got overwritten.
Both issues have been spotted by Coverity.
This extends cluster_rel() in such a way that more options can be added
in the future, which will reduce the amount of chunk code for an
upcoming SKIP_LOCKED aimed for VACUUM. As VACUUM FULL is a different
flavor of CLUSTER, we want to make that extensible to ease integration.
This only reworks the API and its callers, without providing anything
user-facing. Two options are present now: verbose mode and relation
recheck when doing the cluster command work across multiple
transactions. This could be used as well as a base to extend the
grammar of CLUSTER later on.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180723031058.GE2854@paquier.xyz
A collection of typos I happened to spot while reading code, as well as
grepping for common mistakes.
Backpatch to all supported versions, as applicable, to avoid conflicts
when backporting other commits in the future.
When it comes to SELECT ... FOR or LOCK, NOWAIT means to not wait for
something to happen, and issue an error. SKIP LOCKED means to not wait
for something to happen but to move on without issuing an error. The
internal option of autovacuum and autoanalyze mentioned above, used only
when wraparound is not involved was named NOWAIT, but behaves like SKIP
LOCKED which is confusing.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180307050345.GA3095@paquier.xyz
nodeWindowAgg.c failed to cope with the possibility that no ordering
columns are defined in the window frame for GROUPS mode or RANGE OFFSET
mode, leading to assertion failures or odd errors, as reported by Masahiko
Sawada and Lukas Eder. In RANGE OFFSET mode, an ordering column is really
required, so add an Assert about that. In GROUPS mode, the code would
work, except that the node initialization code wasn't in sync with the
execution code about when to set up tuplestore read pointers and spare
slots. Fix the latter for consistency's sake (even though I think the
changes described below make the out-of-sync cases unreachable for now).
Per SQL spec, a single ordering column is required for RANGE OFFSET mode,
and at least one ordering column is required for GROUPS mode. The parser
enforced the former but not the latter; add a check for that.
We were able to reach the no-ordering-column cases even with fully spec
compliant queries, though, because the planner would drop partitioning
and ordering columns from the generated plan if they were redundant with
earlier columns according to the redundant-pathkey logic, for instance
"PARTITION BY x ORDER BY y" in the presence of a "WHERE x=y" qual.
While in principle that's an optimization that could save some pointless
comparisons at runtime, it seems unlikely to be meaningful in the real
world. I think this behavior was not so much an intentional optimization
as a side-effect of an ancient decision to construct the plan node's
ordering-column info by reverse-engineering the PathKeys of the input
path. If we give up redundant-column removal then it takes very little
code to generate the plan node info directly from the WindowClause,
ensuring that we have the expected number of ordering columns in all
cases. (If anyone does complain about this, the planner could perhaps
be taught to remove redundant columns only when it's safe to do so,
ie *not* in RANGE OFFSET mode. But I doubt anyone ever will.)
With these changes, the WindowAggPath.winpathkeys field is not used for
anything anymore, so remove it.
The test cases added here are not actually very interesting given the
removal of the redundant-column-removal logic, but they would represent
important corner cases if anyone ever tries to put that back.
Tom Lane and Masahiko Sawada. Back-patch to v11 where RANGE OFFSET
and GROUPS modes were added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDrWqycq-w_+Bx1cjc+YUhZ11XTj9rfxNiNDojjBx8Fjw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153086788677.17476.8002640580496698831@wrigleys.postgresql.org
find_appinfos_by_relids had quite a large overhead when the number of
items in the append_rel_list was high, as it had to trawl through the
append_rel_list looking for AppendRelInfos belonging to the given
childrelids. Since there can only be a single AppendRelInfo for each
child rel, it seems much better to store an array in PlannerInfo which
indexes these by child relid, making the function O(1) rather than O(N).
This function was only called once inside the planner, so just replace
that call with a lookup to the new array. find_childrel_appendrelinfo
is now unused and thus removed.
This fixes a planner performance regression new to v11 reported by
Thomas Reiss.
Author: David Rowley
Reported-by: Thomas Reiss
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94dd7a4b-5e50-0712-911d-2278e055c622@dalibo.com
These struct definitions were originally dropped into primnodes.h,
which is a poor choice since that's mainly intended for primitive
expression node types; these are not in that category. What they
are is auxiliary info in Plan trees, so move them to plannodes.h.
For consistency, also relocate some related code that was apparently
placed with the aid of a dartboard.
There's no interesting code changes in this commit, just reshuffling.
David Rowley and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBjrufA3ocDm8o4LPGNye9Y+pm1b9kCwode4X04CULG3g@mail.gmail.com
The initial coding of the run-time-pruning feature only coped with cases
where the partition key(s) are compared to Params. That is a bit silly;
we can allow it to work with any non-Var-containing stable expression, as
long as we take special care with expressions containing PARAM_EXEC Params.
The code is hardly any longer this way, and it's considerably clearer
(IMO at least). Per gripe from Pavel Stehule.
David Rowley, whacked around a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBjrufA3ocDm8o4LPGNye9Y+pm1b9kCwode4X04CULG3g@mail.gmail.com
This controls both plan-time and execution-time new-style partition
pruning. While finer-grain control is possible (maybe using an enum GUC
instead of boolean), there doesn't seem to be much need for that.
This new parameter controls partition pruning for all queries:
trivially, SELECT queries that affect partitioned tables are naturally
under its control since they are using the new technology. However,
while UPDATE/DELETE queries do not use the new code, we make the new GUC
control their behavior also (stealing control from
constraint_exclusion), because it is more natural, and it leads to a
more natural transition to the future in which those queries will also
use the new pruning code.
Constraint exclusion still controls pruning for regular inheritance
situations (those not involving partitioned tables).
Author: David Rowley
Review: Amit Langote, Ashutosh Bapat, Justin Pryzby, David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_0HwsxJG9m+nzU+CizxSdGtfe6iF_ykPYBiYft302DCw@mail.gmail.com
On further reflection, commit e5d83995e didn't go far enough: pretty much
everywhere in the planner that examines a clause's is_pushed_down flag
ought to be changed to use the more complicated behavior where we also
check the clause's required_relids. Otherwise we could make incorrect
decisions about whether, say, a clause is safe to use as a hash clause.
Some (many?) of these places are safe as-is, either because they are
never reached while considering a parameterized path, or because there
are additional checks that would reject a pushed-down clause anyway.
However, it seems smarter to just code them all the same way rather
than rely on easily-broken reasoning of that sort.
In support of that, invent a new macro RINFO_IS_PUSHED_DOWN that should
be used in place of direct tests on the is_pushed_down flag.
Like the previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f8128b11-c5bf-3539-48cd-234178b2314d@proxel.se
It turns out that after runtime partition pruning, Append's
first_partial_plan does not accurately represent partial plans to run,
if any of those got pruned. This could limit participation of workers
in some partial subplans, if other subplans got pruned. Fix it by
keeping an index of the first valid partial subplan in the state node,
determined at execnode Init time.
Author: David Rowley, with cosmetic changes by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8o2Yd=rOP=Et3A0FWgF+gSAOkFSU6eNhnGzTPV7nN8sQ@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commits d204ef6377,
83454e3c2b and a few more commits thereafter
(complete list at the end) related to MERGE feature.
While the feature was fully functional, with sufficient test coverage and
necessary documentation, it was felt that some parts of the executor and
parse-analyzer can use a different design and it wasn't possible to do that in
the available time. So it was decided to revert the patch for PG11 and retry
again in the future.
Thanks again to all reviewers and bug reporters.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
f1464c5380 Improve parse representation for MERGE
ddb4158579 MERGE syntax diagram correction
530e69e59b Allow cpluspluscheck to pass by renaming variable
01b88b4df5 MERGE minor errata
3af7b2b0d4 MERGE fix variable warning in non-assert builds
a5d86181ec MERGE INSERT allows only one VALUES clause
4b2d44031f MERGE post-commit review
4923550c20 Tab completion for MERGE
aa3faa3c7a WITH support in MERGE
83454e3c2b New files for MERGE
d204ef6377 MERGE SQL Command following SQL:2016
Author: Pavan Deolasee
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
The HeapFetches counter was using a simple value in IndexOnlyScanState,
which fails to propagate values from parallel workers; so the counts are
wrong when IndexOnlyScan runs in parallel. Move it to Instrumentation,
like all the other counters.
While at it, change INSERT ON CONFLICT conflicting tuple counter to use
the new ntuples2 instead of nfiltered2, which is a blatant misuse.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180409215851.idwc75ct2bzi6tea@alvherre.pgsql
In 499be013de support for pruning unneeded Append subnodes was added.
The logic in that commit was not correctly checking if the next subplan
was in fact a valid subplan. This could cause parallel workers processes
to be given a subplan to work on which didn't require any work.
Per code review following an otherwise unexplained regression failure in
buildfarm member Pademelon. (We haven't been able to reproduce the
failure, so this is a bit of a blind fix in terms of whether it'll
actually fix it; but it is a clear bug nonetheless).
In passing, also add a comment to explain what first_partial_plan means.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_E5r05hHUVG3UmCQJ49DGKKHtN=SHybD44LdzBn+CJng@mail.gmail.com
Existing partition pruning is only able to work at plan time, for query
quals that appear in the parsed query. This is good but limiting, as
there can be parameters that appear later that can be usefully used to
further prune partitions.
This commit adds support for pruning subnodes of Append which cannot
possibly contain any matching tuples, during execution, by evaluating
Params to determine the minimum set of subnodes that can possibly match.
We support more than just simple Params in WHERE clauses. Support
additionally includes:
1. Parameterized Nested Loop Joins: The parameter from the outer side of the
join can be used to determine the minimum set of inner side partitions to
scan.
2. Initplans: Once an initplan has been executed we can then determine which
partitions match the value from the initplan.
Partition pruning is performed in two ways. When Params external to the plan
are found to match the partition key we attempt to prune away unneeded Append
subplans during the initialization of the executor. This allows us to bypass
the initialization of non-matching subplans meaning they won't appear in the
EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN ANALYZE output.
For parameters whose value is only known during the actual execution
then the pruning of these subplans must wait. Subplans which are
eliminated during this stage of pruning are still visible in the EXPLAIN
output. In order to determine if pruning has actually taken place, the
EXPLAIN ANALYZE must be viewed. If a certain Append subplan was never
executed due to the elimination of the partition then the execution
timing area will state "(never executed)". Whereas, if, for example in
the case of parameterized nested loops, the number of loops stated in
the EXPLAIN ANALYZE output for certain subplans may appear lower than
others due to the subplan having been scanned fewer times. This is due
to the list of matching subnodes having to be evaluated whenever a
parameter which was found to match the partition key changes.
This commit required some additional infrastructure that permits the
building of a data structure which is able to perform the translation of
the matching partition IDs, as returned by get_matching_partitions, into
the list index of a subpaths list, as exist in node types such as
Append, MergeAppend and ModifyTable. This allows us to translate a list
of clauses into a Bitmapset of all the subpath indexes which must be
included to satisfy the clause list.
Author: David Rowley, based on an earlier effort by Beena Emerson
Reviewers: Amit Langote, Robert Haas, Amul Sul, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi,
Jesper Pedersen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOG9ApE16ac-_VVZVvv0gePSgkg_BwYEV1NBqZFqDR2bBE0X0A@mail.gmail.com
This works very much like the existing bms_last_member function, only it
traverses through the Bitmapset in the opposite direction from the most
significant bit down to the least significant bit. A special prevbit value of
-1 may be used to have the function determine the most significant bit. This
is useful for starting a loop. When there are no members less than prevbit,
the function returns -2 to indicate there are no more members.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-K=3d5MDASNYFJpUpc20xcBnAwNC1-AOeunhn0OtkWbQ@mail.gmail.com
This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause
specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in
the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to
benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have
appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE
columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans.
Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag
in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause.
In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples
(tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes
now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides
generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their
attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating
that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation.
The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special
handling of B-tree indexes for that.
Bump catalog version
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me
Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes,
David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
Also enable this for postgres_fdw.
Etsuro Fujita, based on an earlier patch by Amit Langote. The larger
patch series of which this is a part has been reviewed by Amit
Langote, David Fetter, Maksim Milyutin, Álvaro Herrera, Stephen Frost,
and me. Minor documentation changes to the final version by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/29906a26-da12-8c86-4fb9-d8f88442f2b9@lab.ntt.co.jp
Add a new module backend/partitioning/partprune.c, implementing a more
sophisticated algorithm for partition pruning. The new module uses each
partition's "boundinfo" for pruning instead of constraint exclusion,
based on an idea proposed by Robert Haas of a "pruning program": a list
of steps generated from the query quals which are run iteratively to
obtain a list of partitions that must be scanned in order to satisfy
those quals.
At present, this targets planner-time partition pruning, but there exist
further patches to apply partition pruning at execution time as well.
This commit also moves some definitions from include/catalog/partition.h
to a new file include/partitioning/partbounds.h, in an attempt to
rationalize partitioning related code.
Authors: Amit Langote, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar
Reviewers: Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Ashutosh Bapat, Jesper Pedersen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/098b9c71-1915-1a2a-8d52-1a7a50ce79e8@lab.ntt.co.jp
MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table
using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL
statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows
a task that would other require multiple PL statements.
e.g.
MERGE INTO target AS t
USING source AS s
ON t.tid = s.sid
WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN
UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta
WHEN MATCHED THEN
DELETE
WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN
INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta)
WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN
DO NOTHING;
MERGE works with regular and partitioned tables, including
column and row security enforcement, as well as support for
row, statement and transition triggers.
MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though
also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended
to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands
for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead.
MERGE can be used statically from PL/pgSQL.
MERGE does not yet support inheritance, write rules,
RETURNING clauses, updatable views or foreign tables.
MERGE follows SQL Standard per the most recent SQL:2016.
Includes full tests and documentation, including full
isolation tests to demonstrate the concurrent behavior.
This version written from scratch in 2017 by Simon Riggs,
using docs and tests originally written in 2009. Later work
from Pavan Deolasee has been both complex and deep, leaving
the lead author credit now in his hands.
Extensive discussion of concurrency from Peter Geoghegan,
with thanks for the time and effort contributed.
Various issues reported via sqlsmith by Andreas Seltenreich
Authors: Pavan Deolasee, Simon Riggs
Reviewer: Peter Geoghegan, Amit Langote, Tomas Vondra, Simon Riggs
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com
Originally, we treated memory context names as potentially variable in
all cases, and therefore always copied them into the context header.
Commit 9fa6f00b1 rethought this a little bit and invented a distinction
between fixed and variable names, skipping the copy step for the former.
But we can make things both simpler and more useful by instead allowing
there to be two parts to a context's identification, a fixed "name" and
an optional, variable "ident". The name supplied in the context create
call is now required to be a compile-time-constant string in all cases,
as it is never copied but just pointed to. The "ident" string, if
wanted, is supplied later. This is needed because typically we want
the ident to be stored inside the context so that it's cleaned up
automatically on context deletion; that means it has to be copied into
the context before we can set the pointer.
The cost of this approach is basically just an additional pointer field
in struct MemoryContextData, which isn't much overhead, and is bought
back entirely in the AllocSet case by not needing a headerSize field
anymore, since we no longer have to cope with variable header length.
In addition, we can simplify the internal interfaces for memory context
creation still further, saving a few cycles there. And it's no longer
true that a custom identifier disqualifies a context from participating
in aset.c's freelist scheme, so possibly there's some win on that end.
All the places that were using non-compile-time-constant context names
are adjusted to put the variable info into the "ident" instead. This
allows more effective identification of those contexts in many cases;
for example, subsidary contexts of relcache entries are now identified
by both type (e.g. "index info") and relname, where before you got only
one or the other. Contexts associated with PL function cache entries
are now identified more fully and uniformly, too.
I also arranged for plancache contexts to use the query source string
as their identifier. This is basically free for CachedPlanSources, as
they contained a copy of that string already. We pay an extra pstrdup
to do it for CachedPlans. That could perhaps be avoided, but it would
make things more fragile (since the CachedPlanSource is sometimes
destroyed first). I suspect future improvements in error reporting will
require CachedPlans to have a copy of that string anyway, so it's not
clear that it's worth moving mountains to avoid it now.
This also changes the APIs for context statistics routines so that the
context-specific routines no longer assume that output goes straight
to stderr, nor do they know all details of the output format. This
is useful immediately to reduce code duplication, and it also allows
for external code to do something with stats output that's different
from printing to stderr.
The reason for pushing this now rather than waiting for v12 is that
it rethinks some of the API changes made by commit 9fa6f00b1. Seems
better for extension authors to endure just one round of API changes
not two.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-FdtmFZ9y9REHD7VsSrnCkiBhsA4mdsLKSPauwXtQBeNA@mail.gmail.com
Performing JIT compilation for deforming gains performance benefits
over unJITed deforming from compile-time knowledge of the tuple
descriptor. Fixed column widths, NOT NULLness, etc can be taken
advantage of.
Right now the JITed deforming is only used when deforming tuples as
part of expression evaluation (and obviously only if the descriptor is
known). It's likely to be beneficial in other cases, too.
By default tuple deforming is JITed whenever an expression is JIT
compiled. There's a separate boolean GUC controlling it, but that's
expected to be primarily useful for development and benchmarking.
Docs will follow in a later commit containing docs for the whole JIT
feature.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit eb7ed3f306 enabled unique constraints on partitioned tables,
but one thing that was not working properly is INSERT/ON CONFLICT.
This commit introduces a new node keeps state related to the ON CONFLICT
clause per partition, and fills it when that partition is about to be
used for tuple routing.
Author: Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Etsuro Fujita, Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180228004602.cwdyralmg5ejdqkq@alvherre.pgsql
For any interesting JIT target, fields inside structs need to be
accessed. b96d550e contains infrastructure for syncing the definition
of types between postgres C code and runtime code generation with
LLVM. But that doesn't sync the number or names of fields inside
structs, just the types (including padding etc).
One option would be to hardcode the offset numbers in the JIT code,
but that'd be hard to keep in sync. Instead add macros indicating the
field offset to the fields that need to be accessed. Not pretty, but
manageable.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
This adds simple cost based plan time decision about whether JIT
should be performed. jit_above_cost, jit_optimize_above_cost are
compared with the total cost of a plan, and if the cost is above them
JIT is performed / optimization is performed respectively.
For that PlannedStmt and EState have a jitFlags (es_jit_flags) field
that stores information about what JIT operations should be performed.
EState now also has a new es_jit field, which can store a
JitContext. When there are no errors the context is released in
standard_ExecutorEnd().
It is likely that the default values for jit_[optimize_]above_cost
will need to be adapted further, but in my test these values seem to
work reasonably.
Author: Andres Freund, with feedback by Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY
clause, all the rows belonging to a given group come from a single
partition. This allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned
relation to be broken down * into aggregation/grouping on each
partition. This should be no worse, and often better, than the normal
approach.
If the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys, we can
still perform partial aggregation for each partition and then finalize
aggregation after appending the partial results. This is less certain
to be a win, but it's still useful.
Jeevan Chalke, Ashutosh Bapat, Robert Haas. The larger patch series
of which this patch is a part was also reviewed and tested by Antonin
Houska, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Konstantin
Knizhnik, Pascal Legrand, and Rafia Sabih.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM2+6=V64_xhstVHie0Rz=KPEQnLJMZt_e314P0jaT_oJ9MR8A@mail.gmail.com
These values can be obtained from the ModifyTable node which is already
a part of both the ModifyTableState and ExecInsert.
Author: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180316151303.rml2p5wffn3o6qy6@alvherre.pgsql
We make some changes to ModifyTableState and the EState it uses whenever
we route tuples to partitions; but we weren't restoring properly in all
cases, possibly causing crashes when partitions with different tuple
descriptors are targeted by tuples inserted in the same command.
Refactor some code, creating ExecPrepareTupleRouting, to encapsulate the
needed state changing logic, and have it invoked one level above its
current place (ie. put it in ExecModifyTable instead of ExecInsert);
this makes it all more readable.
Add a test case to exercise this.
We don't support having views as partitions; and since only views can
have INSTEAD OF triggers, there is no point in testing for INSTEAD OF
when processing insertions into a partitioned table. Remove code that
appears to support this (but which is actually never relevant.)
In passing, fix location of some very confusing comments in
ModifyTableState.
Reported-by: Amit Langote
Author: Etsuro Fujita, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr/es/m/0473bf5c-57b1-f1f7-3d58-455c2230bc5f@lab.ntt.co.jp
Instead of embedding the savepoint name in a list and then requiring
complex code to unpack it, just add another struct field to store it
directly.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
A Value node would store an integer as a long. This causes needless
portability risks, as long can be of varying sizes. Change it to use
int instead. All code using this was already careful to only store
32-bit values anyway.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
The LIKE INCLUDING ALL clause to CREATE TABLE intuitively indicates
cloning of extended statistics on the source table, but it failed to do
so. Patch it up so that it does. Also include an INCLUDING STATISTICS
option to the LIKE clause, so that the behavior can be requested
individually, or excluded individually.
While at it, reorder the INCLUDING options, both in code and in docs, in
alphabetical order which makes more sense than feature-implementation
order that was previously used.
Backpatch this to Postgres 10, where extended statistics were
introduced, because this is seen as an oversight in a fresh feature
which is better to get consistent from the get-go instead of changing
only in pg11.
In pg11, comments on statistics objects are cloned too. In pg10 they
are not, because I (Álvaro) was too coward to change the parse node as
required to support it. Also, in pg10 I chose not to renumber the
parser symbols for the various INCLUDING options in LIKE, for the same
reason. Any corresponding user-visible changes (docs) are backpatched,
though.
Reported-by: Stephen Froehlich
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CY1PR0601MB1927315B45667A1B679D0FD5E5EF0@CY1PR0601MB1927.namprd06.prod.outlook.com
The previous code considered two tables to have the partition scheme
if the underlying columns had the same collation, but what we
actually need to compare is not the collations associated with the
column but the collation used for partitioning. Fix that.
Robert Haas and Amit Langote
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/0f95f924-0efa-4cf5-eb5f-9a3d1bc3c33d@lab.ntt.co.jp
Up until now, we've abused grouped_rel->partial_pathlist as a place to
store partial paths that have been partially aggregate, but that's
really not correct, because a partial path for a relation is supposed
to be one which produces the correct results with the addition of only
a Gather or Gather Merge node, and these paths also require a Finalize
Aggregate step. Instead, add a new partially_group_rel which can hold
either partial paths (which need to be gathered and then have
aggregation finalized) or non-partial paths (which only need to have
aggregation finalized). This allows us to reuse generate_gather_paths
for partially_grouped_rel instead of writing new code, so that this
patch actually basically no net new code while making things cleaner,
simplifying things for pending patches for partition-wise aggregate.
Robert Haas and Jeevan Chalke. The larger patch series of which this
patch is a part was also reviewed and tested by Antonin Houska,
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Konstantin Knizhnik,
Pascal Legrand, Rafia Sabih, and me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobrzFYS3+U8a_BCy3-hOvh5UyJbC18rEcYehxhpw5=ETA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZyQEjdBNuoG9-wC5GQ5GrO4544Myo13dVptvx+uLg9uQ@mail.gmail.com
To support parameters in CALL, move the parse analysis of the procedure
and arguments into the global transformation phase, so that the parser
hooks can be applied. And then at execution time pass the parameters
from ProcessUtility on to ExecuteCallStmt.
This has a performance benefit on own, although not hugely so. The
primary benefit is that it will allow for to JIT tuple deforming and
comparator invocations.
Large parts of this were previously committed (773aec7aa), but the
commit contained an omission around cross-type comparisons and was
thus reverted.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171129080934.amqqkke2zjtekd4t@alap3.anarazel.de
This reverts commit 773aec7aa9.
There's an unresolved issue in the reverted commit: It only creates
one comparator function, but in for the nodeSubplan.c case we need
more (c.f. FindTupleHashEntry vs LookupTupleHashEntry calls in
nodeSubplan.c).
This isn't too difficult to fix, but it's not entirely trivial
either. The fact that the issue only causes breakage on 32bit systems
shows that the current test coverage isn't that great. To avoid
turning half the buildfarm red till those two issues are addressed,
revert.
Doing so causes EXPLAIN ANALYZE to show trigger statistics multiple
times. Commit 2f17844104 seems to
be to blame for this.
Amit Langote, revieed by Amit Khandekar, Etsuro Fujita, and me.
This patch adds the ability to use "RANGE offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING"
frame boundaries in window functions. We'd punted on that back in the
original patch to add window functions, because it was not clear how to
do it in a reasonably data-type-extensible fashion. That problem is
resolved here by adding the ability for btree operator classes to provide
an "in_range" support function that defines how to add or subtract the
RANGE offset value. Factoring it this way also allows the operator class
to avoid overflow problems near the ends of the datatype's range, if it
wishes to expend effort on that. (In the committed patch, the integer
opclasses handle that issue, but it did not seem worth the trouble to
avoid overflow failures for datetime types.)
The patch includes in_range support for the integer_ops opfamily
(int2/int4/int8) as well as the standard datetime types. Support for
other numeric types has been requested, but that seems like suitable
material for a follow-on patch.
In addition, the patch adds GROUPS mode which counts the offset in
ORDER-BY peer groups rather than rows, and it adds the frame_exclusion
options specified by SQL:2011. As far as I can see, we are now fully
up to spec on window framing options.
Existing behaviors remain unchanged, except that I changed the errcode
for a couple of existing error reports to meet the SQL spec's expectation
that negative "offset" values should be reported as SQLSTATE 22013.
Internally and in relevant parts of the documentation, we now consistently
use the terminology "offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" rather than "value
PRECEDING/FOLLOWING", since the term "value" is confusingly vague.
Oliver Ford, reviewed and whacked around some by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGMVOdu9sivPAxbNN0X+q19Sfv9edEPv=HibOJhB14TJv_RCQg@mail.gmail.com
The previous code assumed that we'd always succeed in creating
child-joins for a joinrel for which partition-wise join was considered,
but that's not guaranteed, at least in the case where dummy rels
are involved.
Ashutosh Bapat, with some wordsmithing by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRf8=uyMYYfeTBjWDMs1tR5t--FgOe2vKZPULxxdYQ4RNw@mail.gmail.com
Investigation of 2d2d06b7e2 revealed that
identity values were not applied in some further cases, including
logical replication subscribers, VALUES RTEs, and ALTER TABLE ... ADD
COLUMN. To fix all that, apply the identity column expression in
build_column_default() instead of repeating the same logic at each call
site.
For ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN ... IDENTITY, the previous coding
completely ignored that existing rows for the new column should have
values filled in from the identity sequence. The coding using
build_column_default() fails for this because the sequence ownership
isn't registered until after ALTER TABLE, and we can't do it before
because we don't have the column in the catalog yet. So we specially
remember in ColumnDef the sequence name that we decided on and build a
custom NextValueExpr using that.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support
parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies
it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds. Testing
to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial
index build.
The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive
at present, but it's better than not having the feature. We can
refine it as we get more experience.
Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia. While Heikki
Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches
without which this feature would not have been possible, and
therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author
of this feature. Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas,
Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
This clause was superseded by SQL-standard syntax back in 7.3.
We've kept it around for backwards-compatibility purposes ever since;
but 15 years seems like long enough for that, especially seeing that
there are undocumented weirdnesses in how it interacts with the
SQL-standard syntax for specifying the same options.
Michael Paquier, per an observation by Daniel Gustafsson;
some small cosmetic adjustments to nearby code by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180115022748.GB1724@paquier.xyz
In each of the supplied procedural languages (PL/pgSQL, PL/Perl,
PL/Python, PL/Tcl), add language-specific commit and rollback
functions/commands to control transactions in procedures in that
language. Add similar underlying functions to SPI. Some additional
cleanup so that transaction commit or abort doesn't blow away data
structures still used by the procedure call. Add execution context
tracking to CALL and DO statements so that transaction control commands
can only be issued in top-level procedure and block calls, not function
calls or other procedure or block calls.
- SPI
Add a new function SPI_connect_ext() that is like SPI_connect() but
allows passing option flags. The only option flag right now is
SPI_OPT_NONATOMIC. A nonatomic SPI connection can execute transaction
control commands, otherwise it's not allowed. This is meant to be
passed down from CALL and DO statements which themselves know in which
context they are called. A nonatomic SPI connection uses different
memory management. A normal SPI connection allocates its memory in
TopTransactionContext. For nonatomic connections we use PortalContext
instead. As the comment in SPI_connect_ext() (previously SPI_connect())
indicates, one could potentially use PortalContext in all cases, but it
seems safest to leave the existing uses alone, because this stuff is
complicated enough already.
SPI also gets new functions SPI_start_transaction(), SPI_commit(), and
SPI_rollback(), which can be used by PLs to implement their transaction
control logic.
- portalmem.c
Some adjustments were made in the code that cleans up portals at
transaction abort. The portal code could already handle a command
*committing* a transaction and continuing (e.g., VACUUM), but it was not
quite prepared for a command *aborting* a transaction and continuing.
In AtAbort_Portals(), remove the code that marks an active portal as
failed. As the comment there already predicted, this doesn't work if
the running command wants to keep running after transaction abort. And
it's actually not necessary, because pquery.c is careful to run all
portal code in a PG_TRY block and explicitly runs MarkPortalFailed() if
there is an exception. So the code in AtAbort_Portals() is never used
anyway.
In AtAbort_Portals() and AtCleanup_Portals(), we need to be careful not
to clean up active portals too much. This mirrors similar code in
PreCommit_Portals().
- PL/Perl
Gets new functions spi_commit() and spi_rollback()
- PL/pgSQL
Gets new commands COMMIT and ROLLBACK.
Update the PL/SQL porting example in the documentation to reflect that
transactions are now possible in procedures.
- PL/Python
Gets new functions plpy.commit and plpy.rollback.
- PL/Tcl
Gets new commands commit and rollback.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
When an UPDATE causes a row to no longer match the partition
constraint, try to move it to a different partition where it does
match the partition constraint. In essence, the UPDATE is split into
a DELETE from the old partition and an INSERT into the new one. This
can lead to surprising behavior in concurrency scenarios because
EvalPlanQual rechecks won't work as they normally did; the known
problems are documented. (There is a pending patch to improve the
situation further, but it needs more review.)
Amit Khandekar, reviewed and tested by Amit Langote, David Rowley,
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Dilip Kumar, Amul Sul, Thomas Munro, Álvaro
Herrera, Amit Kapila, and me. A few final revisions by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9do9o2ccQ7j7+tSgiE1REY65XRiMb=yJO3u3QhyP8EEPQ@mail.gmail.com
There used to be a lot of different *Type and *Kind symbol groups to
address objects within different commands, most of which have been
replaced by ObjectType, starting with
b256f24264. But this conversion was never
done for the ACL commands until now.
This change ends up being just a plain replacement of the types and
symbols, without any code restructuring needed, except deleting some now
redundant code.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost <sfrost@snowman.net>
When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries
for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since
the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual
indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions
also.
As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some
existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of
creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become
attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it,
and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first.
To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands
CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table>
(which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without
recursing) and
ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION
(which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each
partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior
database state exactly.
Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit
Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
Previously aggregate transition and combination functions were invoked
by special case code in nodeAgg.c, evaluating input and filters
separately using the expression evaluation machinery. That turns out
to not be great for performance for several reasons:
- repeated expression evaluations have some cost
- the transition functions invocations are poorly predicted, as
commonly there are multiple aggregates in a query, resulting in the
same call-stack invoking different functions.
- filter and input computation had to be done separately
- the special case code made it hard to implement JITing of the whole
transition function invocation
Address this by building one large expression that computes input,
evaluates filters, and invokes transition functions.
This leads to moderate speedups in queries bottlenecked by aggregate
computations, and enables large speedups for similar cases once JITing
is done.
There's potential for further improvement:
- It'd be nice if we could simplify the somewhat expensive
aggstate->all_pergroups lookups.
- right now there's still an advance_transition_function invocation in
nodeAgg.c, leading to some code duplication.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit ab7271677 introduced code that attempts to order the child
scans of a Parallel Append node in a way that will minimize execution
time, based on total cost and startup cost. However, it failed to
think hard about what to do when estimated costs are exactly equal;
a case that's particularly likely to occur when comparing on startup
cost. In such a case the ordering of the child paths would be left
to the whims of qsort, an algorithm that isn't even stable.
We can improve matters by applying the rule used elsewhere in the
planner: if total costs are equal, sort on startup cost, and
vice versa. When both cost estimates are exactly equal, rather
than letting qsort do something unpredictable, sort based on the
child paths' relids, which should typically result in sorting in
inheritance order. (The latter provision requires inventing a
qsort-style comparator for bitmapsets, but maybe we'll have use
for that for other reasons in future.)
This results in a few plan changes in the select_parallel test,
but those all look more reasonable than before, when the actual
underlying cost numbers are taken into account.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4944.1515446989@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of having ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting return multiple out
parameters, have it return a pointer to a structure containing all of
those different things. Also, provide and use a cleanup function,
ExecCleanupTupleRouting, instead of cleaning up all of the resources
allocated by ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting individually.
Amit Khandekar, reviewed by Amit Langote, David Rowley, and me
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9fWfxgKC+PfJZF3hkgAcNOy-LpfPxVYitDEXKHjeieWQQ@mail.gmail.com
- Remove unnecessary #include mistakenly added in execnodes.h.
- Fix mistake in comment in choose_next_subplan_for_leader.
- Adjust row estimates in cost_append for a possibly-different
parallel divisor.
- Clamp row estimates in cost_append after operations that may
not produce integers.
Amit Kapila, with cosmetic adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+qcbeai3coPpRW=GFCzFeLUsuY4T-AKHqMjxpEGZBPQg@mail.gmail.com
Previously aggregate transition values for hash and other forms of
aggregation (i.e. sort and no group by) were represented
differently. Hash based aggregation used a grouping set indexed array
pointing to an array of transition values, whereas other forms of
aggregation used one flattened array with the index being computed out
of grouping set and transition offsets.
That made upcoming changes hard, so represent both as grouping set
indexed array of per-group data.
As a nice side-effect this also makes aggregation slightly faster,
because computing offsets with `transno + (setno * numTrans)` turns
out not to be that cheap (too big for x86 lea for example).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171128003121.nmxbm2ounxzb6n2t@alap3.anarazel.de
This reduces code duplication a bit, but the primary benefit that it
makes JITing expression evaluation easier. When doing so we can't, as
previously done in the interpreted case, really change opcode without
recompiling. Nor dow we just carry around unnecessary branches to
avoid re-checking over and over.
As a minor side-effect this makes ExecEvalStepOp() O(log(N)) rather
than O(N).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
This patch does three interrelated things:
* Create a new expression execution step type EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK
and add the infrastructure needed for add-on modules to generate that.
As discussed, the best control mechanism for that seems to be to add
another hook function to ParamListInfo, which will be called by
ExecInitExpr if it's supplied and a PARAM_EXTERN Param is found.
For stand-alone expressions, we add a new entry point to allow the
ParamListInfo to be specified directly, since it can't be retrieved
from the parent plan node's EState.
* Redesign the API for the ParamListInfo paramFetch hook so that the
ParamExternData array can be entirely virtual. This also lets us get rid
of ParamListInfo.paramMask, instead leaving it to the paramFetch hook to
decide which param IDs should be accessible or not. plpgsql_param_fetch
was already doing the identical masking check, so having callers do it too
seemed redundant. While I was at it, I added a "speculative" flag to
paramFetch that the planner can specify as TRUE to avoid unwanted failures.
This solves an ancient problem for plpgsql that it couldn't provide values
of non-DTYPE_VAR variables to the planner for fear of triggering premature
"record not assigned yet" or "field not found" errors during planning.
* Rework plpgsql to get rid of the need for "unshared" parameter lists,
by dint of turning the single ParamListInfo per estate into a nearly
read-only data structure that doesn't instantiate any per-variable data.
Instead, the paramFetch hook controls access to per-variable data and can
make the right decisions on the fly, replacing the cases that we used to
need multiple ParamListInfos for. This might perhaps have been a
performance loss on its own, but by using a paramCompile hook we can
bypass plpgsql_param_fetch entirely during normal query execution.
(It's now only called when, eg, we copy the ParamListInfo into a cursor
portal. copyParamList() or SerializeParamList() effectively instantiate
the virtual parameter array as a simple physical array without a
paramFetch hook, which is what we want in those cases.) This allows
reverting most of commit 6c82d8d1f, though I kept the cosmetic
code-consolidation aspects of that (eg the assign_simple_var function).
Performance testing shows this to be at worst a break-even change,
and it can provide wins ranging up to 20% in test cases involving
accesses to fields of "record" variables. The fact that values of
such variables can now be exposed to the planner might produce wins
in some situations, too, but I've not pursued that angle.
In passing, remove the "parent" pointer from the arguments to
ExecInitExprRec and related functions, instead storing that pointer in a
transient field in ExprState. The ParamListInfo pointer for a stand-alone
expression is handled the same way; we'd otherwise have had to add
yet another recursively-passed-down argument in expression compilation.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32589.1513706441@sss.pgh.pa.us
Introduce parallel-aware hash joins that appear in EXPLAIN plans as Parallel
Hash Join with Parallel Hash. While hash joins could already appear in
parallel queries, they were previously always parallel-oblivious and had a
partial subplan only on the outer side, meaning that the work of the inner
subplan was duplicated in every worker.
After this commit, the planner will consider using a partial subplan on the
inner side too, using the Parallel Hash node to divide the work over the
available CPU cores and combine its results in shared memory. If the join
needs to be split into multiple batches in order to respect work_mem, then
workers process different batches as much as possible and then work together
on the remaining batches.
The advantages of a parallel-aware hash join over a parallel-oblivious hash
join used in a parallel query are that it:
* avoids wasting memory on duplicated hash tables
* avoids wasting disk space on duplicated batch files
* divides the work of building the hash table over the CPUs
One disadvantage is that there is some communication between the participating
CPUs which might outweigh the benefits of parallelism in the case of small
hash tables. This is avoided by the planner's existing reluctance to supply
partial plans for small scans, but it may be necessary to estimate
synchronization costs in future if that situation changes. Another is that
outer batch 0 must be written to disk if multiple batches are required.
A potential future advantage of parallel-aware hash joins is that right and
full outer joins could be supported, since there is a single set of matched
bits for each hashtable, but that is not yet implemented.
A new GUC enable_parallel_hash is defined to control the feature, defaulting
to on.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Robert Haas
Tested-By: Rafia Sabih, Prabhat Sahu
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2W=cOkiZxcg6qiFQP-dHUe09aqTrEMM7yJDrHMhDv_RA@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=37HKyJ4U6XOLi=JgfSHM3o6B-GaeO-6hkOmneTDkH+Uw@mail.gmail.com
This patch makes a number of interrelated changes to reduce the overhead
involved in creating/deleting memory contexts. The key ideas are:
* Include the AllocSetContext header of an aset.c context in its first
malloc request, rather than allocating it separately in TopMemoryContext.
This means that we now always create an initial or "keeper" block in an
aset, even if it never receives any allocation requests.
* Create freelists in which we can save and recycle recently-destroyed
asets (this idea is due to Robert Haas).
* In the common case where the name of a context is a constant string,
just store a pointer to it in the context header, rather than copying
the string.
The first change eliminates a palloc/pfree cycle per context, and
also avoids bloat in TopMemoryContext, at the price that creating
a context now involves a malloc/free cycle even if the context never
receives any allocations. That would be a loser for some common
usage patterns, but recycling short-lived contexts via the freelist
eliminates that pain.
Avoiding copying constant strings not only saves strlen() and strcpy()
overhead, but is an essential part of the freelist optimization because
it makes the context header size constant. Currently we make no
attempt to use the freelist for contexts with non-constant names.
(Perhaps someday we'll need to think harder about that, but in current
usage, most contexts with custom names are long-lived anyway.)
The freelist management in this initial commit is pretty simplistic,
and we might want to refine it later --- but in common workloads that
will never matter because the freelists will never get full anyway.
To create a context with a non-constant name, one is now required to
call AllocSetContextCreateExtended and specify the MEMCONTEXT_COPY_NAME
option. AllocSetContextCreate becomes a wrapper macro, and it includes
a test that will complain about non-string-literal context name
parameters on gcc and similar compilers.
An unfortunate side effect of making AllocSetContextCreate a macro is
that one is now *required* to use the size parameter abstraction macros
(ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES and friends) with it; the pre-9.6 habit of
writing out individual size parameters no longer works unless you
switch to AllocSetContextCreateExtended.
Internally to the memory-context-related modules, the context creation
APIs are simplified, removing the rather baroque original design whereby
a context-type module called mcxt.c which then called back into the
context-type module. That saved a bit of code duplication, but not much,
and it prevented context-type modules from exercising control over the
allocation of context headers.
In passing, I converted the test-and-elog validation of aset size
parameters into Asserts to save a few more cycles. The original thought
was that callers might compute size parameters on the fly, but in practice
nobody does that, so it's useless to expend cycles on checking those
numbers in production builds.
Also, mark the memory context method-pointer structs "const",
just for cleanliness.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2264.1512870796@sss.pgh.pa.us
When we create an Append node, we can spread out the workers over the
subplans instead of piling on to each subplan one at a time, which
should typically be a bit more efficient, both because the startup
cost of any plan executed entirely by one worker is paid only once and
also because of reduced contention. We can also construct Append
plans using a mix of partial and non-partial subplans, which may allow
for parallelism in places that otherwise couldn't support it.
Unfortunately, this patch doesn't handle the important case of
parallelizing UNION ALL by running each branch in a separate worker;
the executor infrastructure is added here, but more planner work is
needed.
Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas, Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by
Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Amit Kapila, and
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9dy0K_E8r727heqXoBmWZ83HwLFwdcaSSmBQ1+S+vRuUQ@mail.gmail.com
If a hash join appears in a parallel query, there may be no hash table
available for explain.c to inspect even though a hash table may have
been built in other processes. This could happen either because
parallel_leader_participation was set to off or because the leader
happened to hit the end of the outer relation immediately (even though
the complete relation is not empty) and decided not to build the hash
table.
Commit bf11e7ee introduced a way for workers to exchange
instrumentation via the DSM segment for Sort nodes even though they
are not parallel-aware. This commit does the same for Hash nodes, so
that explain.c has a way to find instrumentation data from an
arbitrary participant that actually built the hash table.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D3DUQC2-z252N55eOcZBer6DPdM%3DFzrxH9dZc5vYLsjaA%40mail.gmail.com
This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function
but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement
instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the
SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations.
This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well
as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a
procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is
also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT
and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining
procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core
distribution.
While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality,
future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object
type.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
This will be used by pending patches to improve partition pruning.
Amit Langote and Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a suggestion from David
Rowley. Review and testing of the larger patch set of which this is a
part by Ashutosh Bapat, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Jesper Pedersen,
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Beena Emerson, Amul Sul, and Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/098b9c71-1915-1a2a-8d52-1a7a50ce79e8@lab.ntt.co.jp
Add new style of memory allocator, known as Generational
appropriate for use in cases where memory is allocated
and then freed in roughly oldest first order (FIFO).
Use new allocator for logical decoding’s reorderbuffer
to significantly reduce memory usage and improve performance.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
If a PARAM_EXEC parameter is used below a Gather (Merge) but the InitPlan
that computes it is attached to or above the Gather (Merge), force the
value to be computed before starting parallelism and pass it down to all
workers. This allows us to use parallelism in cases where it previously
would have had to be rejected as unsafe. We do - in this case - lose the
optimization that the value is only computed if it's actually used. An
alternative strategy would be to have the first worker that needs the value
compute it, but one downside of that approach is that we'd then need to
select a parallel-safe path to compute the parameter value; it couldn't for
example contain a Gather (Merge) node. At some point in the future, we
might want to consider both approaches.
Independent of that consideration, there is a great deal more work that
could be done to make more kinds of PARAM_EXEC parameters parallel-safe.
This infrastructure could be used to allow a Gather (Merge) on the inner
side of a nested loop (although that's not a very appealing plan) and
cases where the InitPlan is attached below the Gather (Merge) could be
addressed as well using various techniques. But this is a good start.
Amit Kapila, reviewed and revised by me. Reviewing and testing from
Kuntal Ghosh, Haribabu Kommi, and Tushar Ahuja.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LV0Y1AUV4cUCdC+sYOx0Z0-8NAJ2Pd9=UKsbQ5Sr7+JQ@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, we only tracked the number of parameters, which was
sufficient to allocate an array of Datums of the appropriate size,
but not sufficient to, for example, know how to serialize a Datum
stored in one of those slots. An upcoming patch wants to do that,
so add this tracking to make it possible.
Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane and Amit Kapila.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYqpxDKn8koHdW8BEKk8FMUL0=e8m2Qe=M+r0UBjr3tuQ@mail.gmail.com
Hash partitioning is useful when you want to partition a growing data
set evenly. This can be useful to keep table sizes reasonable, which
makes maintenance operations such as VACUUM faster, or to enable
partition-wise join.
At present, we still depend on constraint exclusion for partitioning
pruning, and the shape of the partition constraints for hash
partitioning is such that that doesn't work. Work is underway to fix
that, which should both improve performance and make partitioning
pruning work with hash partitioning.
Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by Dilip Kumar, Ashutosh Bapat, Yugo
Nagata, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Jesper Pedersen, and by me. A few
final tweaks also by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b96fhpJAP=ALbETmeLk1Uni_GFZD938zgenhF49qgDTjaQ@mail.gmail.com
The lower case spellings are C and C++ standard and are used in most
parts of the PostgreSQL sources. The upper case spellings are only used
in some files/modules. So standardize on the standard spellings.
The APIs for ICU, Perl, and Windows define their own TRUE and FALSE, so
those are left as is when using those APIs.
In code comments, we use the lower-case spelling for the C concepts and
keep the upper-case spelling for the SQL concepts.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
If we don't have to return any columns from heap tuples, and there's
no need to recheck qual conditions, and the heap page is all-visible,
then we can skip fetching the heap page altogether.
Skip prefetching pages too, when possible, on the assumption that the
recheck flag will remain the same from one page to the next. While that
assumption is hardly bulletproof, it seems like a good bet most of the
time, and better than prefetching pages we don't need.
This commit installs the executor infrastructure, but doesn't change
any planner cost estimates, thus possibly causing bitmap scans to
not be chosen in cases where this change renders them the best choice.
I (tgl) am not entirely convinced that we need to account for this
behavior in the planner, because I think typically the bitmap scan would
get chosen anyway if it's the best bet. In any case the submitted patch
took way too many shortcuts, resulting in too many clearly-bad choices,
to be committable.
Alexander Kuzmenkov, reviewed by Alexey Chernyshov, and whacked around
rather heavily by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/239a8955-c0fc-f506-026d-c837e86c827b@postgrespro.ru
It's possible for dropping a column, or altering its type, to require
changes in domain CHECK constraint expressions; but the code was
previously only expecting to find dependent table CHECK constraints.
Make the necessary adjustments.
This is a fairly old oversight, but it's a lot easier to encounter
the problem in the context of domains over composite types than it
was before. Given the lack of field complaints, I'm not going to
bother with a back-patch, though I'd be willing to reconsider that
decision if someone does complain.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30656.1509128130@sss.pgh.pa.us
If we try to run a parallel plan in serial mode because, for example,
it's going to be scanned via a cursor, but for some reason we're
already in parallel mode (for example because an outer query is
running in parallel), we'd incorrectly try to launch workers.
Fix by adding a flag to the EState, so that we can be certain that
ExecutePlan() and ExecGather()/ExecGatherMerge() will have the same
idea about whether we are executing serially or in parallel.
Report and fix by Amit Kapila with help from Kuntal Ghosh. A few
tweaks by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+_BuZrmVCeua5Eqnm4Co9DAXdM5HPAOE2J19ePbR912Q@mail.gmail.com
This is the last major omission in our domains feature: you can now
make a domain over anything that's not a pseudotype.
The major complication from an implementation standpoint is that places
that might be creating tuples of a domain type now need to be prepared
to apply domain_check(). It seems better that unprepared code fail
with an error like "<type> is not composite" than that it silently fail
to apply domain constraints. Therefore, relevant infrastructure like
get_func_result_type() and lookup_rowtype_tupdesc() has been adjusted
to treat domain-over-composite as a distinct case that unprepared code
won't recognize, rather than just transparently treating it the same
as plain composite. This isn't a 100% solution to the possibility of
overlooked domain checks, but it catches most places.
In passing, improve typcache.c's support for domains (it can now cache
the identity of a domain's base type), and rewrite the argument handling
logic in jsonfuncs.c's populate_record[set]_worker to reduce duplicative
per-call lookups.
I believe this is code-complete so far as the core and contrib code go.
The PLs need varying amounts of work, which will be tackled in followup
patches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4206.1499798337@sss.pgh.pa.us
An aggregate's input expression(s) are not supposed to be evaluated
at all for a row where its FILTER test fails ... but commit 8ed3f11bb
overlooked that requirement. Reshuffle so that aggregates having a
filter clause evaluate their arguments separately from those without.
This still gets the benefit of doing only one ExecProject in the
common case of multiple Aggrefs, none of which have filters.
While at it, arrange for filter clauses to be included in the common
ExecProject evaluation, thus perhaps buying a little bit even when
there are filters.
Back-patch to v10 where the bug was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30065.1508161354@sss.pgh.pa.us
The previous convention doesn't lend itself to creating ResultRelInfos
lazily, as we already do in ExecGetTriggerResultRel. This patch
doesn't make anything lazier than before, but the pending patch for
UPDATE tuple routing proposes to do so (and there might be other
opportunities as well).
Amit Khandekar with some adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYPVP9Lyf6vUFA5DwxS4c--x6LOj2y36BsJaYtp62eXPQ@mail.gmail.com
If we merge the transition calculations for two different aggregates,
it's reasonable to assume that the transition function should not care
which of those Aggref structs it gets from AggGetAggref(). It is not
reasonable to make the same assumption about an aggregate final function,
however. Commit 804163bc2 broke this, as it will pass whichever Aggref
was first associated with the transition state in both cases.
This doesn't create an observable bug so far as the core system is
concerned, because the only existing uses of AggGetAggref() are in
ordered-set aggregates that happen to not pay attention to anything
but the input properties of the Aggref; and besides that, we disabled
sharing of transition calculations for OSAs yesterday. Nonetheless,
if some third-party code were using AggGetAggref() in a normal aggregate,
they would be entitled to call this a bug. Hence, back-patch the fix
to 9.6 where the problem was introduced.
In passing, improve some of the comments about transition state sharing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB4ELO5RZhOamuT9Xsf72ozbenDLLXZKSk07FiSVsuJNZB861A@mail.gmail.com
This takes advantage of the infrastructure introduced by commit
81c5e46c49 to greatly reduce the
likelihood that two different queries will end up with the same query
ID. It's still possible, of course, but whereas before it the chances
of a collision reached 25% around 50,000 queries, it will now take
more than 3 billion queries.
Backward incompatibility: Because the type exposed at the SQL level is
int8, users may now see negative query IDs in the pg_stat_statements
view (and also, query IDs more than 4 billion, which was the old
limit).
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Peter Geoghegan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobG_Kp4cBKFmsznUAaM1GWW6hhRNiZC0KjRMOOeYnz5Yw@mail.gmail.com
Previously nodeProjectSet only released memory once per input tuple,
rather than once per returned tuple. If the computation of an
individual returned tuple requires a lot of memory, that can lead to
problems.
Instead change things so that the expression context can be reset once
per output tuple, which requires a new memory context to store SRF
arguments in.
This is a longstanding issue, but was hard to fix before 9.6, due to
the way tSRFs where evaluated. But it's fairly easy to fix now. We
could backpatch this into 10, but given there've been fewc omplaints
that doesn't seem worth the risk so far.
Reported-By: Lucas Fairchild
Author: Andres Freund, per discussion with Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4514.1507318623@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if
it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions
individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join"
rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that
other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly
more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may
now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also
for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably
shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many
tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all
joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big
enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3)
the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in
planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now,
turn this feature off by default.
Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose
partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to
cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the
other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for
a future patch.
Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit
Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit
Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
Not much to say about this; does what it says on the tin.
However, formerly, if there was a column list then the ANALYZE action was
implied; now it must be specified, or you get an error. This is because
it would otherwise be a bit unclear what the user meant if some tables
have column lists and some don't.
Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Masahiko Sawada, with some
editorialization by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E061A8E3-5E3D-494D-94F0-E8A9B312BBFC@amazon.com
Allowing arrays with a domain type as their element type was left un-done
in the original domain patch, but not for any very good reason. This
omission leads to such surprising results as array_agg() not working on
a domain column, because the parser can't identify a suitable output type
for the polymorphic aggregate.
In order to fix this, first clean up the APIs of coerce_to_domain() and
some internal functions in parse_coerce.c so that we consistently pass
around a CoercionContext along with CoercionForm. Previously, we sometimes
passed an "isExplicit" boolean flag instead, which is strictly less
information; and coerce_to_domain() didn't even get that, but instead had
to reverse-engineer isExplicit from CoercionForm. That's contrary to the
documentation in primnodes.h that says that CoercionForm only affects
display and not semantics. I don't think this change fixes any live bugs,
but it makes things more consistent. The main reason for doing it though
is that now build_coercion_expression() receives ccontext, which it needs
in order to be able to recursively invoke coerce_to_target_type().
Next, reimplement ArrayCoerceExpr so that the node does not directly know
any details of what has to be done to the individual array elements while
performing the array coercion. Instead, the per-element processing is
represented by a sub-expression whose input is a source array element and
whose output is a target array element. This simplifies life in
parse_coerce.c, because it can build that sub-expression by a recursive
invocation of coerce_to_target_type(). The executor now handles the
per-element processing as a compiled expression instead of hard-wired code.
The main advantage of this is that we can use a single ArrayCoerceExpr to
handle as many as three successive steps per element: base type conversion,
typmod coercion, and domain constraint checking. The old code used two
stacked ArrayCoerceExprs to handle type + typmod coercion, which was pretty
inefficient, and adding yet another array deconstruction to do domain
constraint checking seemed very unappetizing.
In the case where we just need a single, very simple coercion function,
doing this straightforwardly leads to a noticeable increase in the
per-array-element runtime cost. Hence, add an additional shortcut evalfunc
in execExprInterp.c that skips unnecessary overhead for that specific form
of expression. The runtime speed of simple cases is within 1% or so of
where it was before, while cases that previously required two levels of
array processing are significantly faster.
Finally, create an implicit array type for every domain type, as we do for
base types, enums, etc. Everything except the array-coercion case seems
to just work without further effort.
Tom Lane, reviewed by Andrew Dunstan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9852.1499791473@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is not used for anything yet, but it is necessary infrastructure
for partition-wise join and for partition pruning without constraint
exclusion.
Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed by Amit Langote and with quite a few changes,
mostly cosmetic, by me. Additional review and testing of this patch
series by Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, Rafia Sabih, Rajkumar
Raghuwanshi, Thomas Munro, and Dilip Kumar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfneFG3H+F6BaiXemMrKF+FY-POpx3Ocy+RiH3yBmXSNw@mail.gmail.com
The standard says that all changes of the same kind (insert, update, or
delete) caused in one table by a single SQL statement should be reported
in a single transition table; and by that, they mean to include foreign key
enforcement actions cascading from the statement's direct effects. It's
also reasonable to conclude that if the standard had wCTEs, they would say
that effects of wCTEs applying to the same table as each other or the outer
statement should be merged into one transition table. We weren't doing it
like that.
Hence, arrange to merge tuples from multiple update actions into a single
transition table as much as we can. There is a problem, which is that if
the firing of FK enforcement triggers and after-row triggers with
transition tables is interspersed, we might need to report more tuples
after some triggers have already seen the transition table. It seems like
a bad idea for the transition table to be mutable between trigger calls.
There's no good way around this without a major redesign of the FK logic,
so for now, resolve it by opening a new transition table each time this
happens.
Also, ensure that AFTER STATEMENT triggers fire just once per statement,
or once per transition table when we're forced to make more than one.
Previous versions of Postgres have allowed each FK enforcement query
to cause an additional firing of the AFTER STATEMENT triggers for the
referencing table, but that's certainly not per spec. (We're still
doing multiple firings of BEFORE STATEMENT triggers, though; is that
something worth changing?)
Also, forbid using transition tables with column-specific UPDATE triggers.
The spec requires such transition tables to show only the tuples for which
the UPDATE trigger would have fired, which means maintaining multiple
transition tables or else somehow filtering the contents at readout.
Maybe someday we'll bother to support that option, but it looks like a
lot of trouble for a marginal feature.
The transition tables are now managed by the AfterTriggers data structures,
rather than being directly the responsibility of ModifyTable nodes. This
removes a subtransaction-lifespan memory leak introduced by my previous
band-aid patch 3c4359521.
In passing, refactor the AfterTriggers data structures to reduce the
management overhead for them, by using arrays of structs rather than
several parallel arrays for per-query-level and per-subtransaction state.
I failed to resist the temptation to do some copy-editing on the SGML
docs about triggers, above and beyond merely documenting the effects
of this patch.
Back-patch to v10, because we don't want the semantics of transition
tables to change post-release.
Patch by me, with help and review from Thomas Munro.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170909064853.25630.12825@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Flattening the partitioning hierarchy at this stage makes various
desirable optimizations difficult. The original use case for this
patch was partition-wise join, which wants to match up the partitions
in one partitioning hierarchy with those in another such hierarchy.
However, it now seems that it will also be useful in making partition
pruning work using the PartitionDesc rather than constraint exclusion,
because with a flattened expansion, we have no easy way to figure out
which PartitionDescs apply to which leaf tables in a multi-level
partition hierarchy.
As it turns out, we end up creating both rte->inh and !rte->inh RTEs
for each intermediate partitioned table, just as we previously did for
the root table. This seems unnecessary since the partitioned tables
have no storage and are not scanned. We might want to go back and
rejigger things so that no partitioned tables (including the parent)
need !rte->inh RTEs, but that seems to require some adjustments not
related to the core purpose of this patch.
Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed by me and by Amit Langote. Some final
adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRd=1venqLL7oGU=C1dEkuvk2DJgvF+7uKbnPHaum1mvHQ@mail.gmail.com
Index columns are referenced by ordinal number rather than name, e.g.
CREATE INDEX coord_idx ON measured (x, y, (z + t));
ALTER INDEX coord_idx ALTER COLUMN 3 SET STATISTICS 1000;
Incompatibility note for release notes:
\d+ for indexes now also displays Stats Target
Authors: Alexander Korotkov, with contribution by Adrien NAYRAT
Review: Adrien NAYRAT, Simon Riggs
Wordsmith: Simon Riggs
The NAMEDTUPLESTORE patch piggybacked on the infrastructure for
TABLEFUNC/VALUES/CTE RTEs, none of which can ever have dropped columns,
so the possibility was ignored most places. Fix that, including adding a
specification to parsenodes.h about what it's supposed to look like.
In passing, clean up assorted comments that hadn't been maintained
properly by said patch.
Per bug #14799 from Philippe Beaudoin. Back-patch to v10.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170906120005.25630.84360@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Commit 9915de6c1c changed the default behavior of
DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT so that it would wait until any session holding
the slot active would release it, instead of raising an error. But
users are already depending on the original behavior, so revert to it by
default and add a WAIT option to invoke the new behavior.
Per complaint from Simone Gotti, in
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEvsy6Wgdf90O6pUvg2wSVXL2omH5OPC-38OD4Zzgk-FXavj3Q@mail.gmail.com
Rescanning a GatherMerge led to leaking some memory in the executor's
query-lifespan context, because most of the node's working data structures
were simply abandoned and rebuilt from scratch. In practice, this might
never amount to much, given the cost of relaunching worker processes ---
but it's still pretty messy, so let's fix it.
We can rearrange things so that the tuple arrays are simply cleared and
reused, and we don't need to rebuild the TupleTableSlots either, just
clear them. One small complication is that because we might get a
different number of workers on each iteration, we can't keep the old
convention that the leader's gm_slots[] entry is the last one; the leader
might clobber a TupleTableSlot that we need for a worker in a future
iteration. Hence, adjust the logic so that the leader has slot 0 always,
while the active workers have slots 1..n.
Back-patch to v10 to keep all the existing versions of nodeGatherMerge.c
in sync --- because of the renumbering of the slots, there would otherwise
be a very large risk that any future backpatches in this module would
introduce bugs.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8670.1504192177@sss.pgh.pa.us
Comment the fields of GatherMergeState, and organize them a bit more
sensibly. Comment GMReaderTupleBuffer more usefully too. Improve
assorted other comments that were obsolete or just not very good English.
Get rid of the use of a GMReaderTupleBuffer for the leader process;
that was confusing, since only the "done" field was used, and that
in a way redundant with need_to_scan_locally.
In gather_merge_init, avoid calling load_tuple_array for
already-known-exhausted workers. I'm not sure if there's a live bug there,
but the case is unlikely to be well tested due to timing considerations.
Remove some useless code, such as duplicating the tts_isempty test done by
TupIsNull.
Remove useless initialization of ps.qual, replacing that with an assertion
that we have no qual to check. (If we did, the code would fail to check
it.)
Avoid applying heap_copytuple to a null tuple. While that fails to crash,
it's confusing and it makes the code less legible not more so IMO.
Propagate a couple of these changes into nodeGather.c, as well.
Back-patch to v10, partly because of the possibility that the
gather_merge_init change is fixing a live bug, but mostly to keep
the branches in sync to ease future bug fixes.
Previously, the parallel executor logic did reinitialization of shared
state within the ExecReScan code for parallel-aware scan nodes. This is
problematic, because it means that the ExecReScan call has to occur
synchronously (ie, during the parent Gather node's ReScan call). That is
swimming very much against the tide so far as the ExecReScan machinery is
concerned; the fact that it works at all today depends on a lot of fragile
assumptions, such as that no plan node between Gather and a parallel-aware
scan node is parameterized. Another objection is that because ExecReScan
might be called in workers as well as the leader, hacky extra tests are
needed in some places to prevent unwanted shared-state resets.
Hence, let's separate this code into two functions, a ReInitializeDSM
call and the ReScan call proper. ReInitializeDSM is called only in
the leader and is guaranteed to run before we start new workers.
ReScan is returned to its traditional function of resetting only local
state, which means that ExecReScan's usual habits of delaying or
eliminating child rescan calls are safe again.
As with the preceding commit 7df2c1f8d, it doesn't seem to be necessary
to make these changes in 9.6, which is a good thing because the FDW and
CustomScan APIs are impacted.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JkByysFJNh9M349u_nNjqETuEnY_y1VUc_kJiU0bxtaQ@mail.gmail.com
The ExecReScan machinery contains various optimizations for postponing
or skipping rescans of plan subtrees; for example a HashAgg node may
conclude that it can re-use the table it built before, instead of
re-reading its input subtree. But that is wrong if the input contains
a parallel-aware table scan node, since the portion of the table scanned
by the leader process is likely to vary from one rescan to the next.
This explains the timing-dependent buildfarm failures we saw after
commit a2b70c89c.
The established mechanism for showing that a plan node's output is
potentially variable is to mark it as depending on some runtime Param.
Hence, to fix this, invent a dummy Param (one that has a PARAM_EXEC
parameter number, but carries no actual value) associated with each Gather
or GatherMerge node, mark parallel-aware nodes below that node as dependent
on that Param, and arrange for ExecReScanGather[Merge] to flag that Param
as changed whenever the Gather[Merge] node is rescanned.
This solution breaks an undocumented assumption made by the parallel
executor logic, namely that all rescans of nodes below a Gather[Merge]
will happen synchronously during the ReScan of the top node itself.
But that's fundamentally contrary to the design of the ExecReScan code,
and so was doomed to fail someday anyway (even if you want to argue
that the bug being fixed here wasn't a failure of that assumption).
A follow-on patch will address that issue. In the meantime, the worst
that's expected to happen is that given very bad timing luck, the leader
might have to do all the work during a rescan, because workers think
they have nothing to do, if they are able to start up before the eventual
ReScan of the leader's parallel-aware table scan node has reset the
shared scan state.
Although this problem exists in 9.6, there does not seem to be any way
for it to manifest there. Without GatherMerge, it seems that a plan tree
that has a rescan-short-circuiting node below Gather will always also
have one above it that will short-circuit in the same cases, preventing
the Gather from being rescanned. Hence we won't take the risk of
back-patching this change into 9.6. But v10 needs it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JkByysFJNh9M349u_nNjqETuEnY_y1VUc_kJiU0bxtaQ@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, when parallel query was used, no details about the
sort method or space used by the workers were available; details
were shown only for any sorting done by the leader. Fix that.
Commit 1177ab1dab forced the test case
added by commit 1f6d515a67 to run
without parallelism; now that we have this infrastructure, allow
that again, with a little tweaking to make it pass with and without
force_parallel_mode.
Robert Haas and Tom Lane
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoa2VBZW6S8AAXfhpHczb=Rf6RqQ2br+zJvEgwJ0uoD_tQ@mail.gmail.com
If we only need, say, 10 tuples in total, then we certainly don't need
more than 10 tuples from any single process. Pushing down the limit
lets workers exit early when possible. For Gather Merge, there is
an additional benefit: a Sort immediately below the Gather Merge can
be done as a bounded sort if there is an applicable limit.
Robert Haas and Tom Lane
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYa3QKKrLj5rX7UvGqhH73G1Li4B-EKxrmASaca2tFu9Q@mail.gmail.com
Add a new EState member es_leaf_result_relations, so that the trigger
code knows about ResultRelInfos created by tuple routing. Also make
sure ExplainPrintTriggers knows about partition-related
ResultRelInfos.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Amit Langote
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/57163e18-8e56-da83-337a-22f2c0008051@lab.ntt.co.jp
Previously, if we had to estimate the number of distinct values in a
VALUES column, we fell back on the default behavior used whenever we lack
statistics, which effectively is that there are Min(# of entries, 200)
distinct values. This can be very badly off with a large VALUES list,
as noted by Jeff Janes.
We could consider actually running an ANALYZE-like scan on the VALUES,
but that seems unduly expensive, and anyway it could not deliver reliable
info if the entries are not all constants. What seems like a better choice
is to assume that the values are all distinct. This will sometimes be just
as wrong as the old code, but it seems more likely to be more nearly right
in many common cases. Also, it is more consistent with what happens in
some related cases, for example WHERE x = ANY(ARRAY[1,2,3,...,n]) and
WHERE x = ANY(VALUES (1),(2),(3),...,(n)) now are estimated similarly.
This was discussed some time ago, but consensus was it'd be better
to slip it in at the start of a development cycle not near the end.
(It should've gone into v10, really, but I forgot about it.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1xHkyPa8VQgGcCNg3RMFFvVxUdOpus1gKcFuvVi0w6Acg@mail.gmail.com
The executor is capable of splitting buckets during a hash join if
too much memory is being used by a small number of buckets. However,
this only helps if a bucket's population is actually divisible; if
all the hash keys are alike, the tuples still end up in the same
new bucket. This can result in an OOM failure if there are enough
inner keys with identical hash values. The planner's cost estimates
will bias it against choosing a hash join in such situations, but not
by so much that it will never do so. To mitigate the OOM hazard,
explicitly estimate the hash bucket space needed by just the inner
side's most common value, and if that would exceed work_mem then
add disable_cost to the hash cost estimate.
This approach doesn't account for the possibility that two or more
common values would share the same hash value. On the other hand,
work_mem is normally a fairly conservative bound, so that eating
two or more times that much space is probably not going to kill us.
If we have no stats about the inner side, ignore this consideration.
There was some discussion of making a conservative assumption, but that
would effectively result in disabling hash join whenever we lack stats,
which seems like an overreaction given how seldom the problem manifests
in the field.
Per a complaint from David Hinkle. Although this could be viewed
as a bug fix, the lack of similar complaints weighs against back-
patching; indeed we waited for v11 because it seemed already rather
late in the v10 cycle to be making plan choice changes like this one.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32013.1487271761@sss.pgh.pa.us
This allows us to add stack-depth checks the first time an executor
node is called, and skip that overhead on following
calls. Additionally it yields a nice speedup.
While it'd probably have been a good idea to have that check all
along, it has become more important after the new expression
evaluation framework in b8d7f053c5 - there's no stack depth
check in common paths anymore now. We previously relied on
ExecEvalExpr() being executed somewhere.
We should move towards that model for further routines, but as this is
required for v10, it seems better to only do the necessary (which
already is quite large).
Author: Andres Freund, Tom Lane
Reported-By: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/22833.1490390175@sss.pgh.pa.ushttps://postgr.es/m/b0af9eaa-130c-60d0-9e4e-7a135b1e0c76@dalibo.com
Previously, UNBOUNDED meant no lower bound when used in the FROM list,
and no upper bound when used in the TO list, which was OK for
single-column range partitioning, but problematic with multiple
columns. For example, an upper bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED) would not be
collocated with a lower bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED), thus making it
difficult or impossible to define contiguous multi-column range
partitions in some cases.
Fix this by using MINVALUE and MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED to
represent a partition column that is unbounded below or above
respectively. This syntax removes any ambiguity, and ensures that if
one partition's lower bound equals another partition's upper bound,
then the partitions are contiguous.
Also drop the constraint prohibiting finite values after an unbounded
column, and just document the fact that any values after MINVALUE or
MAXVALUE are ignored. Previously it was necessary to repeat UNBOUNDED
multiple times, which was needlessly verbose.
Note: Forces a post-PG 10 beta2 initdb.
Report by Amul Sul, original patch by Amit Langote with some
additional hacking by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b947mowpLdxL3jo3YLKngRjrq9+Ej4ymduQTfYR+8=YAYQ@mail.gmail.com
Add missing infrastructure for this node type, notably in ruleutils.c where
its lack could demonstrably cause EXPLAIN to fail. Add outfuncs/readfuncs
support. (outfuncs support is useful today for debugging purposes. The
readfuncs support may never be needed, since at present it would only
matter for parallel query and NextValueExpr should never appear in a
parallelizable query; but it seems like a bad idea to have a primnode type
that isn't fully supported here.) Teach planner infrastructure that
NextValueExpr is a volatile, parallel-unsafe, non-leaky expression node
with cost cpu_operator_cost. Given its limited scope of usage, there
*might* be no live bug today from the lack of that knowledge, but it's
certainly going to bite us on the rear someday. Teach pg_stat_statements
about the new node type, too.
While at it, also teach cost_qual_eval() that MinMaxExpr, SQLValueFunction,
XmlExpr, and CoerceToDomain should be charged as cpu_operator_cost.
Failing to do this for SQLValueFunction was an oversight in my commit
0bb51aa96. The others are longer-standing oversights, but no time like the
present to fix them. (In principle, CoerceToDomain could have cost much
higher than this, but it doesn't presently seem worth trying to examine the
domain's constraints here.)
Modify execExprInterp.c to execute NextValueExpr as an out-of-line
function; it seems quite unlikely to me that it's worth insisting that
it be inlined in all expression eval methods. Besides, providing the
out-of-line function doesn't stop anyone from inlining if they want to.
Adjust some places where NextValueExpr support had been inserted with the
aid of a dartboard rather than keeping it in the same order as elsewhere.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23862.1499981661@sss.pgh.pa.us
Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments
to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments
following #endif to not obey the general rule.
Commit e3860ffa4d wasn't actually using
the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that
tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of
code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be
moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's
code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops
in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working
in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the
net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed
one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves
more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such
cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after
the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after.
Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same
as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else.
That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage
from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent.
This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
The new indent version includes numerous fixes thanks to Piotr Stefaniak.
The main changes visible in this commit are:
* Nicer formatting of function-pointer declarations.
* No longer unexpectedly removes spaces in expressions using casts,
sizeof, or offsetof.
* No longer wants to add a space in "struct structname *varname", as
well as some similar cases for const- or volatile-qualified pointers.
* Declarations using PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY are formatted more nicely.
* Fixes bug where comments following declarations were sometimes placed
with no space separating them from the code.
* Fixes some odd decisions for comments following case labels.
* Fixes some cases where comments following code were indented to less
than the expected column 33.
On the less good side, it now tends to put more whitespace around typedef
names that are not listed in typedefs.list. This might encourage us to
put more effort into typedef name collection; it's not really a bug in
indent itself.
There are more changes coming after this round, having to do with comment
indentation and alignment of lines appearing within parentheses. I wanted
to limit the size of the diffs to something that could be reviewed without
one's eyes completely glazing over, so it seemed better to split up the
changes as much as practical.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
There was a grammar ambiguity between SET PUBLICATION name REFRESH and
SET PUBLICATION SKIP REFRESH, because SKIP is not a reserved word. To
resolve that, fold the refresh choice into the WITH options. Refreshing
is the default now.
Reported-by: tushar <tushar.ahuja@enterprisedb.com>
Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of
a coercion request. This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there
is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of
dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was
miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was
failing to deal with. Add test cases around this coercion behavior.
In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros,
in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner. Also, change some
functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific
pointer types. And change some struct fields that were declared Node*
but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted
explicit casts.
Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting.
Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less
random place.
Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...).
Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse
transformation. I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely
silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not
getting it right.
Add guards against partitioning on system columns.
Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling
of these node types elsewhere.
Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec
and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in
outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c. This is fairly harmless for production purposes
(since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus.
It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we
have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and
clean this up.
Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and
PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them.
Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound().
Improve a couple of error messages.
Improve assorted commentary.
Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment
blocks that must have been added quite recently.
Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Previously, we had the WITH clause in the middle of the command, where
you'd specify both generic options as well as statistic types. Few
people liked this, so this commit changes it to remove the WITH keyword
from that clause and makes it accept statistic types only. (We
currently don't have any generic options, but if we invent in the
future, we will gain a new WITH clause, probably at the end of the
command).
Also, the column list is now specified without parens, which makes the
whole command look more similar to a SELECT command. This change will
let us expand the command to supporting expressions (not just columns
names) as well as multiple tables and their join conditions.
Tom added lots of code comments and fixed some parts of the CREATE
STATISTICS reference page, too; more changes in this area are
forthcoming. He also fixed a potential problem in the alter_generic
regression test, reducing verbosity on a cascaded drop to avoid
dependency on message ordering, as we do in other tests.
Tom also closed a security bug: we documented that table ownership was
required in order to create a statistics object on it, but didn't
actually implement it.
Implement tab-completion for statistics objects. This can stand some
more improvement.
Authors: Alvaro Herrera, with lots of cleanup by Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170420212426.ltvgyhnefvhixm6i@alvherre.pgsql
It turned out this approach had problems, because a DROP command should
not have any options other than CASCADE and RESTRICT. Instead, always
attempt to drop the slot if there is one configured, but also add an
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION action to set the slot to NONE.
Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/29431.1493730652@sss.pgh.pa.us
Even though no actual tuples are ever inserted into a partitioned
table (the actual tuples are in the partitions, not the partitioned
table itself), we still need to have a ResultRelInfo for the
partitioned table, or per-statement triggers won't get fired.
Amit Langote, per a report from Rajkumar Raghuwanshi. Reviewed by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6%3DwYospCRY2J4XEFuVy0L41S%3Dfic7rmkbsU-GXhhSbmBg%40mail.gmail.com
is_parallel_safe() supposed that the only relevant property of a SubPlan
was the parallel safety of the referenced subplan tree. This is wrong:
the testexpr or args subtrees might contain parallel-unsafe stuff, as
demonstrated by the test case added here. However, just recursing into the
subtrees fails in a different way: we'll typically find PARAM_EXEC Params
representing the subplan's output columns in the testexpr. The previous
coding supposed that any Param must be treated as parallel-restricted, so
that a naive attempt at fixing this disabled parallel pushdown of SubPlans
altogether. We must instead determine, for any visited Param, whether it
is one that would be computed by a surrounding SubPlan node; if so, it's
safe to push down along with the SubPlan node.
We might later be able to extend this logic to cope with Params used for
correlated subplans and other cases; but that's a task for v11 or beyond.
Tom Lane and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7064.1492022469@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 5e6d8d2bb allowed parallel workers to execute parallel-safe
subplans, but it transmitted the query's entire list of subplans to
the worker(s). Since execMain.c blindly does ExecInitNode and later
ExecEndNode on every list element, this resulted in parallel-unsafe plan
nodes nonetheless getting started up and shut down in parallel workers.
That seems mostly harmless as far as core plan node types go (but
maybe not so much for Gather?). But it resulted in postgres_fdw
opening and then closing extra remote connections, and it's likely
that other non-parallel-safe FDWs or custom scan providers would have
worse reactions.
To fix, just make ExecSerializePlan replace parallel-unsafe subplans
with NULLs in the cut-down plan tree that it transmits to workers.
This relies on ExecInitNode and ExecEndNode to do nothing on NULL
input, but they do anyway. If anything else is touching the dropped
subplans in a parallel worker, that would be a bug to be fixed.
(This thus provides a strong guarantee that we won't try to do
something with a parallel-unsafe subplan in a worker.)
This is, I think, the last fix directly occasioned by Andreas Seltenreich's
bug report of a few days ago.
Tom Lane and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87tw5x4vcu.fsf@credativ.de
We'd managed to avoid doing this so far, but it seems pretty obvious
that it would be forced on us some day, and this is much the cleanest
way of approaching the open problem that parallel-unsafe subplans are
being transmitted to parallel workers. Anyway there's no space cost
due to alignment considerations, and the time cost is pretty minimal
since we're just copying the flag from the corresponding Path node.
(At least in most cases ... some of the klugier spots in createplan.c
have to work a bit harder.)
In principle we could perhaps get rid of SubPlan.parallel_safe,
but I thought it better to keep that in case there are reasons to
consider a SubPlan unsafe even when its child plan is parallel-safe.
This patch doesn't actually do anything with the new flags, but
I thought I'd commit it separately anyway.
Note: although this touches outfuncs/readfuncs, there's no need for
a catversion bump because Plan trees aren't stored on disk.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87tw5x4vcu.fsf@credativ.de
This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to
provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to
a concrete node type. For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same
as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))". Almost half of the uses of castNode
that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is
pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the
old way.
As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to
pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching.
Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
If there can certainly be no more than one matching inner row for a given
outer row, then the executor can move on to the next outer row as soon as
it's found one match; there's no need to continue scanning the inner
relation for this outer row. This saves useless scanning in nestloop
and hash joins. In merge joins, it offers the opportunity to skip
mark/restore processing, because we know we have not advanced past the
first possible match for the next outer row.
Of course, the devil is in the details: the proof of uniqueness must
depend only on joinquals (not otherquals), and if we want to skip
mergejoin mark/restore then it must depend only on merge clauses.
To avoid adding more planning overhead than absolutely necessary,
the present patch errs in the conservative direction: there are cases
where inner_unique or skip_mark_restore processing could be used, but
it will not do so because it's not sure that the uniqueness proof
depended only on "safe" clauses. This could be improved later.
David Rowley, reviewed and rather heavily editorialized on by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqF6Sw-TK98bW48TdtFJ+3a7D2mFyZ7++=D-RyPsL76gw@mail.gmail.com
This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial
columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have:
- CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence
- cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE
- dropping default does not drop sequence
- need to grant separate privileges to sequence
- other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro
Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
Currently, the only type of child relation is an "other member rel",
which is the child of a baserel, but in the future joins and even
upper relations may have child rels. To facilitate that, introduce
macros that test to test for particular RelOptKind values, and use
them in various places where they help to clarify the sense of a test.
(For example, a test may allow RELOPT_OTHER_MEMBER_REL either because
it intends to allow child rels, or because it intends to allow simple
rels.)
Also, remove find_childrel_top_parent, which will not work for a
child rel that is not a baserel. Instead, add a new RelOptInfo
member top_parent_relids to track the same kind of information in a
more generic manner.
Ashutosh Bapat, slightly tweaked by me. Review and testing of the
patch set from which this was taken by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi and Rafia
Sabih.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoagTnF2yqR3PT2rv=om=wJiZ4-A+ATwdnriTGku1CLYxA@mail.gmail.com
A QueryEnvironment concept is added, which allows new types of
objects to be passed into queries from parsing on through
execution. At this point, the only thing implemented is a
collection of EphemeralNamedRelation objects -- relations which
can be referenced by name in queries, but do not exist in the
catalogs. The only type of ENR implemented is NamedTuplestore, but
provision is made to add more types fairly easily.
An ENR can carry its own TupleDesc or reference a relation in the
catalogs by relid.
Although these features can be used without SPI, convenience
functions are added to SPI so that ENRs can easily be used by code
run through SPI.
The initial use of all this is going to be transition tables in
AFTER triggers, but that will be added to each PL as a separate
commit.
An incidental effect of this patch is to produce a more informative
error message if an attempt is made to modify the contents of a CTE
from a referencing DML statement. No tests previously covered that
possibility, so one is added.
Kevin Grittner and Thomas Munro
Reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas, David Fetter, and Thomas Munro
with valuable comments and suggestions from many others
Commit 45be99f8cd removed GatherPath's
num_workers field, but this is entirely bogus. Normally, a path's
parallel_workers flag is supposed to indicate the number of workers
that it wants, and should be 0 for a non-partial path. In that
commit, I mistakenly thought that GatherPath could also use that field
to indicate the number of workers that it would try to start, but
that's disastrous, because then it can propagate up to higher nodes in
the plan tree, which will then get incorrect rowcounts because the
parallel_workers flag is involved in computing those values. Repair
by putting the separate field back.
Report by Tomas Vondra. Patch by me, reviewed by Amit Kapila.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/f91b4a44-f739-04bd-c4b6-f135bd643669@2ndquadrant.com
copyObject() is declared to return void *, which allows easily assigning
the result independent of the input, but it loses all type checking.
If the compiler supports typeof or something similar, cast the result to
the input type. This creates a greater amount of type safety. In some
cases, where the result is assigned to a generic type such as Node * or
Expr *, new casts are now necessary, but in general casts are now
unnecessary in the normal case and indicate that something unusual is
happening.
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
This extends the Aggregate node with two new features: HashAggregate
can now run multiple hashtables concurrently, and a new strategy
MixedAggregate populates hashtables while doing sorted grouping.
The planner will now attempt to save as many sorts as possible when
planning grouping sets queries, while not exceeding work_mem for the
estimated combined sizes of all hashtables used. No SQL-level changes
are required. There should be no user-visible impact other than the
new EXPLAIN output and possible changes to result ordering when ORDER
BY was not used (which affected a few regression tests). The
enable_hashagg option is respected.
Author: Andrew Gierth
Reviewers: Mark Dilger, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87vatszyhj.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
This replaces the old, recursive tree-walk based evaluation, with
non-recursive, opcode dispatch based, expression evaluation.
Projection is now implemented as part of expression evaluation.
This both leads to significant performance improvements, and makes
future just-in-time compilation of expressions easier.
The speed gains primarily come from:
- non-recursive implementation reduces stack usage / overhead
- simple sub-expressions are implemented with a single jump, without
function calls
- sharing some state between different sub-expressions
- reduced amount of indirect/hard to predict memory accesses by laying
out operation metadata sequentially; including the avoidance of
nearly all of the previously used linked lists
- more code has been moved to expression initialization, avoiding
constant re-checks at evaluation time
Future just-in-time compilation (JIT) has become easier, as
demonstrated by released patches intended to be merged in a later
release, for primarily two reasons: Firstly, due to a stricter split
between expression initialization and evaluation, less code has to be
handled by the JIT. Secondly, due to the non-recursive nature of the
generated "instructions", less performance-critical code-paths can
easily be shared between interpreted and compiled evaluation.
The new framework allows for significant future optimizations. E.g.:
- basic infrastructure for to later reduce the per executor-startup
overhead of expression evaluation, by caching state in prepared
statements. That'd be helpful in OLTPish scenarios where
initialization overhead is measurable.
- optimizing the generated "code". A number of proposals for potential
work has already been made.
- optimizing the interpreter. Similarly a number of proposals have
been made here too.
The move of logic into the expression initialization step leads to some
backward-incompatible changes:
- Function permission checks are now done during expression
initialization, whereas previously they were done during
execution. In edge cases this can lead to errors being raised that
previously wouldn't have been, e.g. a NULL array being coerced to a
different array type previously didn't perform checks.
- The set of domain constraints to be checked, is now evaluated once
during expression initialization, previously it was re-built
every time a domain check was evaluated. For normal queries this
doesn't change much, but e.g. for plpgsql functions, which caches
ExprStates, the old set could stick around longer. The behavior
around might still change.
Author: Andres Freund, with significant changes by Tom Lane,
changes by Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161206034955.bh33paeralxbtluv@alap3.anarazel.de
Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE
STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex
combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP
STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are
added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types
can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and
multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room
for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions.
This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient
on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to
estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses;
estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed
aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new
special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used.
(num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that
this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added
immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same
functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi:
https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
though this commit does not use that code.)
Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro.
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes,
Ideriha Takeshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.czhttps://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
Add a column collprovider to pg_collation that determines which library
provides the collation data. The existing choices are default and libc,
and this adds an icu choice, which uses the ICU4C library.
The pg_locale_t type is changed to a union that contains the
provider-specific locale handles. Users of locale information are
changed to look into that struct for the appropriate handle to use.
Also add a collversion column that records the version of the collation
when it is created, and check at run time whether it is still the same.
This detects potentially incompatible library upgrades that can corrupt
indexes and other structures. This is currently only supported by
ICU-provided collations.
initdb initializes the default collation set as before from the `locale
-a` output but also adds all available ICU locales with a "-x-icu"
appended.
Currently, ICU-provided collations can only be explicitly named
collations. The global database locales are still always libc-provided.
ICU support is enabled by configure --with-icu.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
Add functionality for a new subscription to copy the initial data in the
tables and then sync with the ongoing apply process.
For the copying, add a new internal COPY option to have the COPY source
data provided by a callback function. The initial data copy works on
the subscriber by receiving COPY data from the publisher and then
providing it locally into a COPY that writes to the destination table.
A WAL receiver can now execute full SQL commands. This is used here to
obtain information about tables and publications.
Several new options were added to CREATE and ALTER SUBSCRIPTION to
control whether and when initial table syncing happens.
Change pg_dump option --no-create-subscription-slots to
--no-subscription-connect and use the new CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
... NOCONNECT option for that.
Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Tested-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Partitioned tables do not contain any data; only their unpartitioned
descendents need to be scanned. However, the partitioned tables still
need to be locked, even though they're not scanned. To make that
work, Append and MergeAppend relations now need to carry a list of
(unscanned) partitioned relations that must be locked, and InitPlan
must lock all partitioned result relations.
Aside from the obvious advantage of avoiding some work at execution
time, this has two other advantages. First, it may improve the
planner's decision-making in some cases since the empty relation
might throw things off. Second, it paves the way to getting rid of
the storage for partitioned tables altogether.
Amit Langote, reviewed by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/6837c359-45c4-8044-34d1-736756335a15@lab.ntt.co.jp
There is still some inconsistency with the error messages surrounding
foreign servers. Some use the word "foreign" and some don't. My
inclination is to remove all such uses of "foreign" on the basis that
the CREATE/ALTER/DROP SERVER commands don't use the word. However, that
is left for another day. In this patch I have kept to the existing usage
in the affected commands, which omits "foreign".
Anastasia Lubennikova, reviewed by Arthur Zakirov and Ashtosh Bapat.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/7c2ab9b8-388a-1ce0-23a3-7acf2a0ed3c6@postgrespro.ru
In DDL commands referring to an existing function, allow omitting the
argument list if the function name is unique in its schema, per SQL
standard.
This uses the same logic that the regproc type uses for finding
functions by name only.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
We used to export snapshots unconditionally in CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT
in the replication protocol, but several upcoming patches want more
control over what happens.
Suppress snapshot export in pg_recvlogical, which neither needs nor can
use the exported snapshot. Since snapshot exporting can fail this
improves reliability.
This also paves the way for allowing the creation of replication slots
on standbys, which cannot export snapshots because they cannot allocate
new XIDs.
Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Like Gather, we spawn multiple workers and run the same plan in each
one; however, Gather Merge is used when each worker produces the same
output ordering and we want to preserve that output ordering while
merging together the streams of tuples from various workers. (In a
way, Gather Merge is like a hybrid of Gather and MergeAppend.)
This works out to a win if it saves us from having to perform an
expensive Sort. In cases where only a small amount of data would need
to be sorted, it may actually be faster to use a regular Gather node
and then sort the results afterward, because Gather Merge sometimes
needs to wait synchronously for tuples whereas a pure Gather generally
doesn't. But if this avoids an expensive sort then it's a win.
Rushabh Lathia, reviewed and tested by Amit Kapila, Thomas Munro,
and Neha Sharma, and reviewed and revised by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf09oPX-cQRpBKS0Gq49Z+m6KBxgxd_p9gX8CKk_d75HoQ@mail.gmail.com
The index is scanned by a single process, but then all cooperating
processes can iterate jointly over the resulting set of heap blocks.
In the future, we might also want to support using a parallel bitmap
index scan to set up for a parallel bitmap heap scan, but that's a
job for another day.
Dilip Kumar, with some corrections and cosmetic changes by me. The
larger patch set of which this is a part has been reviewed and tested
by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar, Tushar Ahuja, Rafia
Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, Thomas Munro, and me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows
turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used
as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query.
This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance
benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom
implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms
using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds
using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using
XMLReader under PL/Python).
The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard
requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is
optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we
make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't
currently support a default namespace to be specified.
This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded
method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility
in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of
this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.)
Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera
Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
When a shared iterator is used, each call to tbm_shared_iterate()
returns a result that has not yet been returned to any process
attached to the shared iterator. In other words, each cooperating
processes gets a disjoint subset of the full result set, but all
results are returned exactly once.
This is infrastructure for parallel bitmap heap scan.
Dilip Kumar. The larger patch set of which this is a part has been
reviewed and tested by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar,
Tushar Ahuja, Rafia Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, and Thomas Munro.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
The old function took function name and function argument list as
separate arguments. Now that all function signatures are passed around
as ObjectWithArgs structs, this is no longer necessary and can be
replaced by a function that takes ObjectWithArgs directly. Similarly
for aggregates and operators.
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects
by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this
doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of
hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have
to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent
lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists
of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other
problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward
to deal with lists of functions.
Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to
object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and
managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still
be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types
it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the
existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object
types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists.
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
This makes the handling of operators similar to that of functions and
aggregates.
Rename node FuncWithArgs to ObjectWithArgs, to reflect the expanded use.
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
This makes it consistent with the usage in opclass_item.
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
The default general purpose aset.c style memory context is not a great
choice for allocations that are all going to be evenly sized,
especially when those objects aren't small, and have varying
lifetimes. There tends to be a lot of fragmentation, larger
allocations always directly go to libc rather than have their cost
amortized over several pallocs.
These problems lead to the introduction of ad-hoc slab allocators in
reorderbuffer.c. But it turns out that the simplistic implementation
leads to problems when a lot of objects are allocated and freed, as
aset.c is still the underlying implementation. Especially freeing can
easily run into O(n^2) behavior in aset.c.
While the O(n^2) behavior in aset.c can, and probably will, be
addressed, custom allocators for this behavior are more efficient
both in space and time.
This allocator is for evenly sized allocations, and supports both
cheap allocations and freeing, without fragmenting significantly. It
does so by allocating evenly sized blocks via malloc(), and carves
them into chunks that can be used for allocations. In order to
release blocks to the OS as early as possible, chunks are allocated
from the fullest block that still has free objects, increasing the
likelihood of a block being entirely unused.
A subsequent commit uses this in reorderbuffer.c, but a further
allocator is needed to resolve the performance problems triggering
this work.
There likely are further potentialy uses of this allocator besides
reorderbuffer.c.
There's potential further optimizations of the new slab.c, in
particular the array of freelists could be replaced by a more
intelligent structure - but for now this looks more than good enough.
Author: Tomas Vondra, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Petr Jelinek, Robert Haas, Jim Nasby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d15dff83-0b37-28ed-0809-95a5cc7292ad@2ndquadrant.com
This is expected to be useful mostly when performing such scans in
parallel, because in that case it allows (in combination with commit
acf555bc53) nodes below a Gather to get
control just before the DSM segment goes away.
KaiGai Kohei, except that I rewrote the documentation. Reviewed by
Claudio Freire.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CADyhKSXJK0jUJ8rWv4AmKDhsUh124_rEn39eqgfC5D8fu6xVuw@mail.gmail.com
With this change, you can see the query that a parallel worker is
executing in pg_stat_activity, and if the worker crashes you can
see what query it was executing when it crashed.
Rafia Sabih, reviewed by Kuntal Ghosh and Amit Kapila and slightly
revised by me.
Commit 5262f7a4fc added similar support
for parallel index scans; this extends that work to index-only scans.
As with parallel index scans, this requires support from the index AM,
so currently parallel index-only scans will only be possible for btree
indexes.
Rafia Sabih, reviewed and tested by Rahila Syed, Tushar Ahuja,
and Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOGQiiPEAs4C=TBp0XShxBvnWXuzGL2u++Hm1=qnCpd6_Mf8Fw@mail.gmail.com
In combination with 569174f1be, which
taught the btree AM how to perform parallel index scans, this allows
parallel index scan plans on btree indexes. This infrastructure
should be general enough to support parallel index scans for other
index AMs as well, if someone updates them to support parallel
scans.
Amit Kapila, reviewed and tested by Anastasia Lubennikova, Tushar
Ahuja, and Haribabu Kommi, and me.
The core of the functionality was already implemented when
pg_import_system_collations was added. This just exposes it as an
option in the SQL command.
This doesn't do anything to make Param nodes anything other than
parallel-restricted, so this only helps with uncorrelated subplans,
and it's not necessarily very cheap because each worker will run the
subplan separately (just as a Hash Join will build a separate copy of
the hash table in each participating process), but it's a first step
toward supporting cases that are more likely to help in practice, and
is occasionally useful on its own.
Amit Kapila, reviewed and tested by Rafia Sabih, Dilip Kumar, and
me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+e8Z45D2n+rnDMDYsVEb5iW7jqaCH_tvPMYau=1Rru9w@mail.gmail.com
It's always been possible for index AMs to cache data across successive
amgettuple calls within a single SQL command: the IndexScanDesc.opaque
field is meant for precisely that. However, no comparable facility
exists for amortizing setup work across successive aminsert calls.
This patch adds such a feature and teaches GIN, GIST, and BRIN to use it
to amortize catalog lookups they'd previously been doing on every call.
(The other standard index AMs keep everything they need in the relcache,
so there's little to improve there.)
For GIN, the overall improvement in a statement that inserts many rows
can be as much as 10%, though it seems a bit less for the other two.
In addition, this makes a really significant difference in runtime
for CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS tests, since in those builds the repeated
catalog lookups are vastly more expensive.
The reason this has been hard up to now is that the aminsert function is
not passed any useful place to cache per-statement data. What I chose to
do is to add suitable fields to struct IndexInfo and pass that to aminsert.
That's not widening the index AM API very much because IndexInfo is already
within the ken of ambuild; in fact, by passing the same info to aminsert
as to ambuild, this is really removing an inconsistency in the AM API.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27568.1486508680@sss.pgh.pa.us
The new function allows to cast from one NodeTag based type to
another, while asserting that the conversion is valid. This replaces
the common pattern of doing a cast and a Assert(IsA(ptr, type))
close-by.
As this seems likely to be used pervasively, we decided to backpatch
this change the addition of this macro. Otherwise backpatched fixes
are more likely not to work on back-branches.
On branches before 9.6, where we do not yet rely on inline functions
being available, the type assertion is only performed if PG_USE_INLINE
support is detected. The cast obviously is performed regardless.
For the benefit of verifying the macro compiles in the back-branches,
this commit contains a single use of the new macro. On master, a
somewhat larger conversion will be committed separately.
Author: Peter Eisentraut and Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c5d387d9-3440-f5e0-f9d4-71d53b9fbe52@2ndquadrant.com
Backpatch: 9.2-
We've accumulated quite a bit of stuff with which pgindent is not
quite happy in this code; clean it up to provide a less-annoying base
for future pgindent runs.
Since 69f4b9c plain expression evaluation (and thus normal projection)
can't return sets of tuples anymore. Thus remove code dealing with
that possibility.
This will require adjustments in external code using
ExecEvalExpr()/ExecProject() - that should neither be hard nor very
common.
Author: Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160822214023.aaxz5l4igypowyri@alap3.anarazel.de
Evaluation of set returning functions (SRFs_ in the targetlist (like SELECT
generate_series(1,5)) so far was done in the expression evaluation (i.e.
ExecEvalExpr()) and projection (i.e. ExecProject/ExecTargetList) code.
This meant that most executor nodes performing projection, and most
expression evaluation functions, had to deal with the possibility that an
evaluated expression could return a set of return values.
That's bad because it leads to repeated code in a lot of places. It also,
and that's my (Andres's) motivation, made it a lot harder to implement a
more efficient way of doing expression evaluation.
To fix this, introduce a new executor node (ProjectSet) that can evaluate
targetlists containing one or more SRFs. To avoid the complexity of the old
way of handling nested expressions returning sets (e.g. having to pass up
ExprDoneCond, and dealing with arguments to functions returning sets etc.),
those SRFs can only be at the top level of the node's targetlist. The
planner makes sure (via split_pathtarget_at_srfs()) that SRF evaluation is
only necessary in ProjectSet nodes and that SRFs are only present at the
top level of the node's targetlist. If there are nested SRFs the planner
creates multiple stacked ProjectSet nodes. The ProjectSet nodes always get
input from an underlying node.
We also discussed and prototyped evaluating targetlist SRFs using ROWS
FROM(), but that turned out to be more complicated than we'd hoped.
While moving SRF evaluation to ProjectSet would allow to retain the old
"least common multiple" behavior when multiple SRFs are present in one
targetlist (i.e. continue returning rows until all SRFs are at the end of
their input at the same time), we decided to instead only return rows till
all SRFs are exhausted, returning NULL for already exhausted ones. We
deemed the previous behavior to be too confusing, unexpected and actually
not particularly useful.
As a side effect, the previously prohibited case of multiple set returning
arguments to a function, is now allowed. Not because it's particularly
desirable, but because it ends up working and there seems to be no argument
for adding code to prohibit it.
Currently the behavior for COALESCE and CASE containing SRFs has changed,
returning multiple rows from the expression, even when the SRF containing
"arm" of the expression is not evaluated. That's because the SRFs are
evaluated in a separate ProjectSet node. As that's quite confusing, we're
likely to instead prohibit SRFs in those places. But that's still being
discussed, and the code would reside in places not touched here, so that's
a task for later.
There's a lot of, now superfluous, code dealing with set return expressions
around. But as the changes to get rid of those are verbose largely boring,
it seems better for readability to keep the cleanup as a separate commit.
Author: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160822214023.aaxz5l4igypowyri@alap3.anarazel.de
In an RLS query, we must ensure that security filter quals are evaluated
before ordinary query quals, in case the latter contain "leaky" functions
that could expose the contents of sensitive rows. The original
implementation of RLS planning ensured this by pushing the scan of a
secured table into a sub-query that it marked as a security-barrier view.
Unfortunately this results in very inefficient plans in many cases, because
the sub-query cannot be flattened and gets planned independently of the
rest of the query.
To fix, drop the use of sub-queries to enforce RLS qual order, and instead
mark each qual (RestrictInfo) with a security_level field establishing its
priority for evaluation. Quals must be evaluated in security_level order,
except that "leakproof" quals can be allowed to go ahead of quals of lower
security_level, if it's helpful to do so. This has to be enforced within
the ordering of any one list of quals to be evaluated at a table scan node,
and we also have to ensure that quals are not chosen for early evaluation
(i.e., use as an index qual or TID scan qual) if they're not allowed to go
ahead of other quals at the scan node.
This is sufficient to fix the problem for RLS quals, since we only support
RLS policies on simple tables and thus RLS quals will always exist at the
table scan level only. Eventually these qual ordering rules should be
enforced for join quals as well, which would permit improving planning for
explicit security-barrier views; but that's a task for another patch.
Note that FDWs would need to be aware of these rules --- and not, for
example, send an insecure qual for remote execution --- but since we do
not yet allow RLS policies on foreign tables, the case doesn't arise.
This will need to be addressed before we can allow such policies.
Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Dean Rasheed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8185.1477432701@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch makes several changes that improve the consistency of
representation of lists of statements. It's always been the case
that the output of parse analysis is a list of Query nodes, whatever
the types of the individual statements in the list. This patch brings
similar consistency to the outputs of raw parsing and planning steps:
* The output of raw parsing is now always a list of RawStmt nodes;
the statement-type-dependent nodes are one level down from that.
* The output of pg_plan_queries() is now always a list of PlannedStmt
nodes, even for utility statements. In the case of a utility statement,
"planning" just consists of wrapping a CMD_UTILITY PlannedStmt around
the utility node. This list representation is now used in Portal and
CachedPlan plan lists, replacing the former convention of intermixing
PlannedStmts with bare utility-statement nodes.
Now, every list of statements has a consistent head-node type depending
on how far along it is in processing. This allows changing many places
that formerly used generic "Node *" pointers to use a more specific
pointer type, thus reducing the number of IsA() tests and casts needed,
as well as improving code clarity.
Also, the post-parse-analysis representation of DECLARE CURSOR is changed
so that it looks more like EXPLAIN, PREPARE, etc. That is, the contained
SELECT remains a child of the DeclareCursorStmt rather than getting flipped
around to be the other way. It's now true for both Query and PlannedStmt
that utilityStmt is non-null if and only if commandType is CMD_UTILITY.
That allows simplifying a lot of places that were testing both fields.
(I think some of those were just defensive programming, but in many places,
it was actually necessary to avoid confusing DECLARE CURSOR with SELECT.)
Because PlannedStmt carries a canSetTag field, we're also able to get rid
of some ad-hoc rules about how to reconstruct canSetTag for a bare utility
statement; specifically, the assumption that a utility is canSetTag if and
only if it's the only one in its list. While I see no near-term need for
relaxing that restriction, it's nice to get rid of the ad-hocery.
The API of ProcessUtility() is changed so that what it's passed is the
wrapper PlannedStmt not just the bare utility statement. This will affect
all users of ProcessUtility_hook, but the changes are pretty trivial; see
the affected contrib modules for examples of the minimum change needed.
(Most compilers should give pointer-type-mismatch warnings for uncorrected
code.)
There's also a change in the API of ExplainOneQuery_hook, to pass through
cursorOptions instead of expecting hook functions to know what to pick.
This is needed because of the DECLARE CURSOR changes, but really should
have been done in 9.6; it's unlikely that any extant hook functions
know about using CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK.
Finally, teach gram.y to save statement boundary locations in RawStmt
nodes, and pass those through to Query and PlannedStmt nodes. This allows
more intelligent handling of cases where a source query string contains
multiple statements. This patch doesn't actually do anything with the
information, but a follow-on patch will. (Passing this information through
cleanly is the true motivation for these changes; while I think this is all
good cleanup, it's unlikely we'd have bothered without this end goal.)
catversion bump because addition of location fields to struct Query
affects stored rules.
This patch is by me, but it owes a good deal to Fabien Coelho who did
a lot of preliminary work on the problem, and also reviewed the patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1612200926310.29821@lancre
After a tuple is routed to a partition, it has been converted from the
root table's row type to the partition's row type. ExecConstraints
needs to report the failure using the original tuple and the parent's
tuple descriptor rather than the ones for the selected partition.
Amit Langote
Commit 2ac3ef7a01 added a TupleTapleSlot
for partition tuple slot to EState (es_partition_tuple_slot) but it's
more logical to have it as part of ModifyTableState
(mt_partition_tuple_slot) and CopyState (partition_tuple_slot).
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/1bd459d9-4c0c-197a-346e-e5e59e217d97@lab.ntt.co.jp
Amit Langote, per a gripe from me
Commit f0e44751d added new node tags at a place in the tag numbering
where there was no daylight left before the next hard-coded number,
resulting in some duplicate tag assignments. This doesn't seem to have
caused any big problem so far, but it's surely trouble waiting to happen.
We could adjust the manually assigned breakpoints to make more room,
but that just leaves the same hazard waiting to strike again in future.
What seems like a better idea is to get rid of the manual assignments
and leave NodeTags to be automatically assigned, consecutively from one
on up. This means that any change in the tag list forces a backend-wide
recompile, but realistically that's usually needed anyway.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29670.1482942811@sss.pgh.pa.us
Most code was casting this through a generic Node. By declaring
everything as RoleSpec appropriately, we can remove a bunch of casts and
ad-hoc node type checking.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Now that it has only INH_NO and INH_YES values, it's just weird that
it's not a plain bool, so make it that way.
Also rename RangeVar.inhOpt to "inh", to be like RangeTblEntry.inh.
My recollection is that we gave it a different name specifically because
it had a different representation than the derived bool value, but it
no longer does. And this is a good forcing function to be sure we
catch any places that are affected by the change.
Bump catversion because of possible effect on stored RangeVar nodes.
I'm not exactly convinced that we ever store RangeVar on disk, but
we have a readfuncs function for it, so be cautious. (If we do do so,
then commit e13486eba was in error not to bump catversion.)
Follow-on to commit e13486eba.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYe+EG7LdYX6pkcNxr4ygkP4+A=jm9o-CPXyOvRiCNwaQ@mail.gmail.com
The previous coding failed to work correctly when we have a
multi-level partitioned hierarchy where tables at successive levels
have different attribute numbers for the partition key attributes. To
fix, have each PartitionDispatch object store a standalone
TupleTableSlot initialized with the TupleDesc of the corresponding
partitioned table, along with a TupleConversionMap to map tuples from
the its parent's rowtype to own rowtype. After tuple routing chooses
a leaf partition, we must use the leaf partition's tuple descriptor,
not the root table's. To that end, a dedicated TupleTableSlot for
tuple routing is now allocated in EState.
Amit Langote
When the input value to a CoerceToDomain expression node is a read-write
expanded datum, we should pass a read-only pointer to any domain CHECK
expressions and then return the original read-write pointer as the
expression result. Previously we were blindly passing the same pointer to
all the consumers of the value, making it possible for a function in CHECK
to modify or even delete the expanded value. (Since a plpgsql function
will absorb a passed-in read-write expanded array as a local variable
value, it will in fact delete the value on exit.)
A similar hazard of passing the same read-write pointer to multiple
consumers exists in domain_check() and in ExecEvalCase, so fix those too.
The fix requires adding MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly calls at the appropriate
places, which is simple enough except that we need to get the data type's
typlen from somewhere. For the domain cases, solve this by redefining
DomainConstraintRef.tcache as okay for callers to access; there wasn't any
reason for the original convention against that, other than not wanting the
API of typcache.c to be any wider than it had to be. For CASE, there's
no good solution except to add a syscache lookup during executor start.
Per bug #14472 from Marcos Castedo. Back-patch to 9.5 where expanded
values were introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15225.1482431619@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 5dfc198146 introduced the use
of a new type of hash table with linear reprobing for hash aggregates.
Such a hash table behaves very poorly if keys are inserted in hash
order, which does in fact happen in the case where a query use a
Finalize HashAggregate node fed (via Gather) by a Partial
HashAggregate node. In fact, queries with this type of plan tend
to run effectively forever.
Fix that by seeding the hash value differently in each worker
(and in the leader, if it participates).
Andres Freund and Robert Haas
This allows creating temporary replication slots that are removed
automatically at the end of the session or on error.
From: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() reported the exprType() and
exprTypmod() values of the expressions in the first row of the VALUES as
being the column type/typmod returned by the VALUES RTE. That's fine for
the data type, since we coerce all expressions in a column to have the same
common type. But we don't coerce them to have a common typmod, so it was
possible for rows after the first one to return values that violate the
claimed column typmod. This leads to the incorrect result seen in bug
#14448 from Hassan Mahmood, as well as some other corner-case misbehaviors.
The desired behavior is the same as we use in other type-unification
cases: report the common typmod if there is one, but otherwise return -1
indicating no particular constraint. It's cheap for transformValuesClause
to determine the common typmod while transforming a multi-row VALUES, but
it'd be less cheap for expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() to
re-determine that info every time they're asked --- possibly a lot less
cheap, if the VALUES has many rows. Therefore, the best fix is to record
the common typmods explicitly in a list in the VALUES RTE, as we were
already doing for column collations. This looks quite a bit like what
we're doing for CTE RTEs, so we can save a little bit of space and code by
unifying the representation for those two RTE types. They both now share
coltypes/coltypmods/colcollations fields. (At some point it might seem
desirable to populate those fields for all RTE types; but right now it
looks like constructing them for other RTE types would add more code and
cycles than it would save.)
The RTE change requires a catversion bump, so this fix is only usable
in HEAD. If we fix this at all in the back branches, the patch will
need to look quite different.
Report: https://postgr.es/m/20161205143037.4377.60754@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27429.1480968538@sss.pgh.pa.us
Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the
existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences.
The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may
not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no
sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called
partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an
implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not
allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions
can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent
does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the
correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed.
Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign
tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries.
Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List
partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can
involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an
expression.
Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it
is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of
partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation
for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner
optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on
the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it
seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible.
Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat,
Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova,
Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
We have had support for restrictive RLS policies since 9.5, but they
were only available through extensions which use the appropriate hooks.
This adds support into the grammer, catalog, psql and pg_dump for
restrictive RLS policies, thus reducing the cases where an extension is
necessary.
In passing, also move away from using "AND"d and "OR"d in comments.
As pointed out by Alvaro, it's not really appropriate to attempt
to make verbs out of "AND" and "OR", so reword those comments which
attempted to.
Reviewed By: Jeevan Chalke, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160901063404.GY4028@tamriel.snowman.net
So far the hashtable stored representative tuples in the form of its
input slot, with all columns in the hashtable that are not
needed (i.e. not grouped upon or functionally dependent) set to NULL.
Thats good for saving memory, but it turns out that having tuples full
of NULL isn't free. slot_deform_tuple is faster if there's no NULL
bitmap even if no NULLs are encountered, and skipping over leading NULLs
isn't free.
So compute a separate tuple descriptor that only contains the needed
columns. As columns have already been moved in/out the slot for the
hashtable that does not imply additional per-row overhead.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161103110721.h5i5t5saxfk5eeik@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously we did a ExecProject() for each individual aggregate
argument. That turned out to be a performance bottleneck in queries with
multiple aggregates.
Doing all the argument computations in one ExecProject() is quite a bit
cheaper because ExecProject's fastpath can do the work at once in a
relatively tight loop, and because it can get all the required columns
with a single slot_getsomeattr and save some other redundant setup
costs.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161103110721.h5i5t5saxfk5eeik@alap3.anarazel.de
Be sure to pull up the subquery's hasRowSecurity flag when flattening a
subquery in pull_up_simple_subquery(). This isn't a bug today because
we don't look at the hasRowSecurity flag during planning, but it could
easily be a bug tomorrow.
Likewise, make rewriteRuleAction() pull up the hasRowSecurity flag when
absorbing RTEs from a rule action. This isn't a bug either, for the
opposite reason: the flag should never be set yet. But again, it seems
like good future proofing.
Add a comment explaining why rewriteTargetView() should *not* set
hasRowSecurity when adding stuff to securityQuals.
Improve some nearby comments about securityQuals processing, and document
that field more completely in parsenodes.h.
Patch by me, analysis by Dean Rasheed.
Discussion: <CAEZATCXZ8tb2DV6f=bkhsMV6u_gRcZ0CZBw2J-qU84RxSukZog@mail.gmail.com>
This is infrastructure for the complete SQL standard feature. No
support is included at this point for execution nodes or PLs. The
intent is to add that soon.
As this patch leaves things, standard syntax can create tuplestores
to contain old and/or new versions of rows affected by a statement.
References to these tuplestores are in the TriggerData structure.
C triggers can access the tuplestores directly, so they are usable,
but they cannot yet be referenced within a SQL statement.
The more efficient hashtable speeds up hash-aggregations with more than
a few hundred groups significantly. Improvements of over 120% have been
measured.
Due to the the different hash table queries that not fully
determined (e.g. GROUP BY without ORDER BY) may change their result
order.
The conversion is largely straight-forward, except that, due to the
static element types of simplehash.h type hashes, the additional data
some users store in elements (e.g. the per-group working data for hash
aggregaters) is now stored in TupleHashEntryData->additional. The
meaning of BuildTupleHashTable's entrysize (renamed to additionalsize)
has been changed to only be about the additionally stored size. That
size is only used for the initial sizing of the hash-table.
Reviewed-By: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: <20160727004333.r3e2k2y6fvk2ntup@alap3.anarazel.de>
This function has no direct callers at present, but it's convenient for
manual use in a debugger, rather than having to inspect memory and do
bit-counting in your head.
In passing, get rid of useless outBitmapset() wrapper around
_outBitmapset(); let's just export the function that does the work.
Likewise for outToken().
Ashutosh Bapat, tweaked a bit by me
Discussion: <CAFjFpRdiht8e1HTVirbubr4YzaON5iZTzFJjq909y4sU8M_6eA@mail.gmail.com>
Teach the parser to reject misplaced set-returning functions during parse
analysis using p_expr_kind, in much the same way as we do for aggregates
and window functions (cf commit eaccfded9). While this isn't complete
(it misses nesting-based restrictions), it's much better than the previous
error reporting for such cases, and it allows elimination of assorted
ad-hoc expression_returns_set() error checks. We could add nesting checks
later if it seems important to catch all cases at parse time.
There is one case the parser will now throw error for although previous
versions allowed it, which is SRFs in the tlist of an UPDATE. That never
behaved sensibly (since it's ill-defined which generated row should be
used to perform the update) and it's hard to see why it should not be
treated as an error. It's a release-note-worthy change though.
Also, add a new Query field hasTargetSRFs reporting whether there are
any SRFs in the targetlist (including GROUP BY/ORDER BY expressions).
The parser can now set that basically for free during parse analysis,
and we can use it in a number of places to avoid expression_returns_set
searches. (There will be more such checks soon.) In some places, this
allows decontorting the logic since it's no longer expensive to check for
SRFs in the tlist --- so I made the checks parallel to the handling of
hasAggs/hasWindowFuncs wherever it seemed appropriate.
catversion bump because adding a Query field changes stored rules.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: <24639.1473782855@sss.pgh.pa.us>
lockdefs.h was only split from lock.h relatively recently, and
represents a minimal subset of the old lock.h. heapam.h only needs
that smaller subset, so adjust it to include only that. This requires
some corresponding adjustments elsewhere.
Peter Geoghegan
Not much to be said about this patch: it does what it says on the tin.
In passing, rename AlterEnumStmt.skipIfExists to skipIfNewValExists
to clarify what it actually does. In the discussion of this patch
we considered supporting other similar options, such as IF EXISTS
on the type as a whole or IF NOT EXISTS on the target name. This
patch doesn't actually add any such feature, but it might happen later.
Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, reviewed by Emre Hasegeli
Discussion: <CAO=2mx6uvgPaPDf-rHqG8=1MZnGyVDMQeh8zS4euRyyg4D35OQ@mail.gmail.com>
Add a location field to the DefElem struct, used to parse many utility
commands. Update various error messages to supply error position
information.
To propogate the error position information in a more systematic way,
create a ParseState in standard_ProcessUtility() and pass that to
interested functions implementing the utility commands. This seems
better than passing the query string and then reassembling a parse state
ad hoc, which violates the encapsulation of the ParseState type.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
ExecReScanAgg's check for whether it could re-use a previously calculated
hashtable neglected the possibility that the Agg node might reference
PARAM_EXEC Params that are not referenced by its input plan node. That's
okay if the Params are in upper tlist or qual expressions; but if one
appears in aggregate input expressions, then the hashtable contents need
to be recomputed when the Param's value changes.
To avoid unnecessary performance degradation in the case of a Param that
isn't within an aggregate input, add logic to the planner to determine
which Params are within aggregate inputs. This requires a new field in
struct Agg, but fortunately we never write plans to disk, so this isn't
an initdb-forcing change.
Per report from Jeevan Chalke. This has been broken since forever,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Andrew Gierth, with minor adjustments by me
Report: <CAM2+6=VY8ykfLT5Q8vb9B6EbeBk-NGuLbT6seaQ+Fq4zXvrDcA@mail.gmail.com>
We need to scan the whole parse tree for parallel-unsafe functions.
If there are none, we'll later need to determine whether particular
subtrees contain any parallel-restricted functions. The previous coding
retained no knowledge from the first scan, even though this is very
wasteful in the common case where the query contains only parallel-safe
functions. We can bypass all of the later scans by remembering that fact.
This provides a small but measurable speed improvement when the case
applies, and shouldn't cost anything when it doesn't.
Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas
Discussion: <3740.1471538387@sss.pgh.pa.us>
We implement a dozen or so parameterless functions that the SQL standard
defines special syntax for. Up to now, that was done by converting them
into more or less ad-hoc constructs such as "'now'::text::date". That's
messy for multiple reasons: it exposes what should be implementation
details to users, and performance is worse than it needs to be in several
cases. To improve matters, invent a new expression node type
SQLValueFunction that can represent any of these parameterless functions.
Bump catversion because this changes stored parsetrees for rules.
Discussion: <30058.1463091294@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Now that we've nailed down the principle that NullTest with !argisrow
is fully equivalent to SQL's IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL, let's teach
the parser about it. This produces a slightly more compact parse tree
and is much more amenable to optimization than a DistinctExpr, since
the planner knows a good deal about NullTest and next to nothing about
DistinctExpr.
I'm not sure that there are all that many queries in the wild that could
be improved by this, but at least one source of such cases is the patch
just made to postgres_fdw to emit IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL when
IS [NOT] NULL isn't semantically correct.
No back-patch, since to the extent that this does affect planning results,
it might be considered undesirable plan destabilization.
Commits 4452000f3 et al established semantics for NullTest.argisrow that
are a bit different from its initial conception: rather than being merely
a cache of whether we've determined the input to have composite type,
the flag now has the further meaning that we should apply field-by-field
testing as per the standard's definition of IS [NOT] NULL. If argisrow
is false and yet the input has composite type, the construct instead has
the semantics of IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL. Update the comments in
primnodes.h to clarify this, and fix ruleutils.c and deparse.c to print
such cases correctly. In the case of ruleutils.c, this merely results in
cosmetic changes in EXPLAIN output, since the case can't currently arise
in stored rules. However, it represents a live bug for deparse.c, which
would formerly have sent a remote query that had semantics different
from the local behavior. (From the user's standpoint, this means that
testing a remote nested-composite column for null-ness could have had
unexpected recursive behavior much like that fixed in 4452000f3.)
In a related but somewhat independent fix, make plancat.c set argisrow
to false in all NullTest expressions constructed to represent "attnotnull"
constructs. Since attnotnull is actually enforced as a simple null-value
check, this is a more accurate representation of the semantics; we were
previously overpromising what it meant for composite columns, which might
possibly lead to incorrect planner optimizations. (It seems that what the
SQL spec expects a NOT NULL constraint to mean is an IS NOT NULL test, so
arguably we are violating the spec and should fix attnotnull to do the
other thing. If we ever do, this part should get reverted.)
Back-patch, same as the previous commit.
Discussion: <10682.1469566308@sss.pgh.pa.us>
We must not push down a foreign join when the foreign tables involved
should be accessed under different user mappings. Previously we tried
to enforce that rule literally during planning, but that meant that the
resulting plans were dependent on the current contents of the
pg_user_mapping catalog, and we had to blow away all cached plans
containing any remote join when anything at all changed in pg_user_mapping.
This could have been improved somewhat, but the fact that a syscache inval
callback has very limited info about what changed made it hard to do better
within that design. Instead, let's change the planner to not consider user
mappings per se, but to allow a foreign join if both RTEs have the same
checkAsUser value. If they do, then they necessarily will use the same
user mapping at runtime, and we don't need to know specifically which one
that is. Post-plan-time changes in pg_user_mapping no longer require any
plan invalidation.
This rule does give up some optimization ability, to wit where two foreign
table references come from views with different owners or one's from a view
and one's directly in the query, but nonetheless the same user mapping
would have applied. We'll sacrifice the first case, but to not regress
more than we have to in the second case, allow a foreign join involving
both zero and nonzero checkAsUser values if the nonzero one is the same as
the prevailing effective userID. In that case, mark the plan as only
runnable by that userID.
The plancache code already had a notion of plans being userID-specific,
in order to support RLS. It was a little confused though, in particular
lacking clarity of thought as to whether it was the rewritten query or just
the finished plan that's dependent on the userID. Rearrange that code so
that it's clearer what depends on which, and so that the same logic applies
to both RLS-injected role dependency and foreign-join-injected role
dependency.
Note that this patch doesn't remove the other issue mentioned in the
original complaint, which is that while we'll reliably stop using a foreign
join if it's disallowed in a new context, we might fail to start using a
foreign join if it's now allowed, but we previously created a generic
cached plan that didn't use one. It was agreed that the chance of winning
that way was not high enough to justify the much larger number of plan
invalidations that would have to occur if we tried to cause it to happen.
In passing, clean up randomly-varying spelling of EXPLAIN commands in
postgres_fdw.sql, and fix a COSTS ON example that had been allowed to
leak into the committed tests.
This reverts most of commits fbe5a3fb7 and 5d4171d1c, which were the
previous attempt at ensuring we wouldn't push down foreign joins that
span permissions contexts.
Etsuro Fujita and Tom Lane
Discussion: <d49c1e5b-f059-20f4-c132-e9752ee0113e@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Commit 3fc6e2d7f5 introduced new "upper"
RelOptInfo structures but didn't set consider_parallel for them
correctly, a point I completely missed when reviewing it. Later,
commit e06a38965b made the situation
worse by doing it incorrectly for the grouping relation. Try to
straighten all of that out. Along the way, get rid of the annoying
wholePlanParallelSafe flag, which was only necessarily because of
the fact that upper planning stages didn't use paths at the time
that code was written.
The most important immediate impact of these changes is that
force_parallel_mode will provide useful test coverage in quite a few
more scenarios than it did previously, but it's also necessary
preparation for fixing some problems related to subqueries.
Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Previously, these commands always planned the given query and went through
executor startup before deciding not to actually run the query if WITH NO
DATA is specified. This behavior is problematic for pg_dump because it
may cause errors to be raised that we would rather not see before a
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW command is issued. See for example bug #13907
from Marian Krucina. This change is not sufficient to fix that particular
bug, because we also need to tweak pg_dump to issue the REFRESH later,
but it's a necessary step on the way.
A user-visible side effect of doing things this way is that the returned
command tag for WITH NO DATA cases will now be "CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW"
or "CREATE TABLE AS", not "SELECT 0". We could preserve the old behavior
but it would take more code, and arguably that was just an implementation
artifact not intended behavior anyhow.
In 9.5 and HEAD, also get rid of the static variable CreateAsReladdr, which
was trouble waiting to happen; there is not any prohibition on nested
CREATE commands.
Back-patch to 9.3 where CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW was introduced.
Michael Paquier and Tom Lane
Report: <20160202161407.2778.24659@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
It's rather silly to make a separate pass over the tlist + HAVING qual,
and a separate set of visits to the syscache, when get_agg_clause_costs
already has all the required information in hand. This nets out as less
code as well as fewer cycles.
The original coding had three separate booleans representing partial
aggregation behavior, which was confusing, unreadable, and error-prone,
not least because the booleans weren't always listed in the same order.
It was also inadequate for the allegedly-desirable future extension to
support intermediate partial aggregation, because we'd need separate
markers for serialization and deserialization in such a case.
Merge these bools into an enum "AggSplit" to provide symbolic names for
the supported operating modes (and document what those are). By assigning
the values of the enum constants carefully, we can treat AggSplit values
as options bitmasks so that tests of what to do aren't noticeably more
expensive than before.
While at it, get rid of Aggref.aggoutputtype. That's not needed since
commit 59a3795c2 got rid of setrefs.c's special-purpose Aggref comparison
code, and it likewise seemed more confusing than helpful.
Assorted comment cleanup as well (there's still more that I want to do
in that line).
catversion bump for change in Aggref node contents. Should be the last
one for partial-aggregation changes.
Discussion: <29309.1466699160@sss.pgh.pa.us>
The original upper-planner-pathification design (commit 3fc6e2d7f5)
assumed that we could always determine during Path formation whether or not
we would need a Result plan node to perform projection of a targetlist.
That turns out not to work very well, though, because createplan.c still
has some responsibilities for choosing the specific target list associated
with sorting/grouping nodes (in particular it might choose to add resjunk
columns for sorting). We might not ever refactor that --- doing so would
push more work into Path formation, which isn't attractive --- and we
certainly won't do so for 9.6. So, while create_projection_path and
apply_projection_to_path can tell for sure what will happen if the subpath
is projection-capable, they can't tell for sure when it isn't. This is at
least a latent bug in apply_projection_to_path, which might think it can
apply a target to a non-projecting node when the node will end up computing
something different.
Also, I'd tied the creation of a ProjectionPath node to whether or not a
Result is needed, but it turns out that we sometimes need a ProjectionPath
node anyway to avoid modifying a possibly-shared subpath node. Callers had
to use create_projection_path for such cases, and we added code to them
that knew about the potential omission of a Result node and attempted to
adjust the cost estimates for that. That was uncertainly correct and
definitely ugly/unmaintainable.
To fix, have create_projection_path explicitly check whether a Result
is needed and adjust its cost estimate accordingly, though it creates
a ProjectionPath in either case. apply_projection_to_path is now mostly
just an optimized version that can avoid creating an extra Path node when
the input is known to not be shared with any other live path. (There
is one case that create_projection_path doesn't handle, which is pushing
parallel-safe expressions below a Gather node. We could make it do that
by duplicating the GatherPath, but there seems no need as yet.)
create_projection_plan still has to recheck the tlist-match condition,
which means that if the matching situation does get changed by createplan.c
then we'll have made a slightly incorrect cost estimate. But there seems
no help for that in the near term, and I doubt it occurs often enough,
let alone would change planning decisions often enough, to be worth
stressing about.
I added a "dummypp" field to ProjectionPath to track whether
create_projection_path thinks a Result is needed. This is not really
necessary as-committed because create_projection_plan doesn't look at the
flag; but it seems like a good idea to remember what we thought when
forming the cost estimate, if only for debugging purposes.
In passing, get rid of the target_parallel parameter added to
apply_projection_to_path by commit 54f5c5150. I don't think that's a good
idea because it involves callers in what should be an internal decision,
and opens us up to missing optimization opportunities if callers think they
don't need to provide a valid flag, as most don't. For the moment, this
just costs us an extra has_parallel_hazard call when planning a Gather.
If that starts to look expensive, I think a better solution would be to
teach PathTarget to carry/cache knowledge of parallel-safety of its
contents.
This patch provides a new implementation of the logic added by commit
137805f89 and later removed by 77ba61080. It differs from the original
primarily in expending much less effort per joinrel in large queries,
which it accomplishes by doing most of the matching work once per query not
once per joinrel. Hopefully, it's also less buggy and better commented.
The never-documented enable_fkey_estimates GUC remains gone.
There remains work to be done to make the selectivity estimates account
for nulls in FK referencing columns; but that was true of the original
patch as well. We may be able to address this point later in beta.
In the meantime, any error should be in the direction of overestimating
rather than underestimating joinrel sizes, which seems like the direction
we want to err in.
Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane
Discussion: <31041.1465069446@sss.pgh.pa.us>
When doing partial aggregation, the args list of the upper (combining)
Aggref node is replaced by a Var representing the output of the partial
aggregation steps, which has either the aggregate's transition data type
or a serialized representation of that. However, nodeAgg.c blindly
continued to use the args list as an indication of the user-level argument
types. This broke resolution of polymorphic transition datatypes at
executor startup (though it accidentally failed to fail for the ANYARRAY
case, which is likely the only one anyone had tested). Moreover, the
constructed FuncExpr passed to the finalfunc contained completely wrong
information, which would have led to bogus answers or crashes for any case
where the finalfunc examined that information (which is only likely to be
with polymorphic aggregates using a non-polymorphic transition type).
As an independent bug, apply_partialaggref_adjustment neglected to resolve
a polymorphic transition datatype before assigning it as the output type
of the lower-level Aggref node. This again accidentally failed to fail
for ANYARRAY but would be unlikely to work in other cases.
To fix the first problem, record the user-level argument types in a
separate OID-list field of Aggref, and look to that rather than the args
list when asking what the argument types were. (It turns out to be
convenient to include any "direct" arguments in this list too, although
those are not currently subject to being overwritten.)
Rather than adding yet another resolve_aggregate_transtype() call to fix
the second problem, add an aggtranstype field to Aggref, and store the
resolved transition type OID there when the planner first computes it.
(By doing this in the planner and not the parser, we can allow the
aggregate's transition type to change from time to time, although no DDL
support yet exists for that.) This saves nothing of consequence for
simple non-polymorphic aggregates, but for polymorphic transition types
we save a catalog lookup during executor startup as well as several
planner lookups that are new in 9.6 due to parallel query planning.
In passing, fix an error that was introduced into count_agg_clauses_walker
some time ago: it was applying exprTypmod() to something that wasn't an
expression node at all, but a TargetEntry. exprTypmod silently returned
-1 so that there was not an obvious failure, but this broke the intended
sensitivity of aggregate space consumption estimates to the typmod of
varchar and similar data types. This part needs to be back-patched.
Catversion bump due to change of stored Aggref nodes.
Discussion: <8229.1466109074@sss.pgh.pa.us>
If you really want to vacuum every single page in the relation,
regardless of apparent visibility status or anything else, you can use
this option. In previous releases, this behavior could be achieved
using VACUUM (FREEZE), but because we can now recognize all-frozen
pages as not needing to be frozen again, that no longer works. There
should be no need for routine use of this option, but maybe bugs or
disaster recovery will necessitate its use.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
The struct definition for PathTarget specifies that a NULL sortgrouprefs
pointer means no sortgroupref labels. While it's likely that there
should always be at least one labeled column in the places that were
unconditionally fetching through the pointer, it seems wiser to adhere to
the data structure specification and test first. Add a macro to make this
convenient. Per experimentation with running the regression tests with a
very small parallelization threshold --- the crash I observed may well
represent a bug elsewhere, but still this coding was not very robust.
Report: <20756.1465834072@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Commit b12fd41c6 added a "reltarget_has_non_vars" field to RelOptInfo,
but failed to maintain it accurately. Since its only purpose was to skip
calls to has_parallel_hazard() in the simple case where a rel's targetlist
is all Vars, and that call is really pretty cheap in that case anyway, it
seems like this is just a case of premature optimization. Let's drop the
flag and do the calls unconditionally until it's proven that we need more
smarts here.
As noted by Andres Freund, we'd accumulated quite a few similar functions
in clauses.c that examine all functions in an expression tree to see if
they satisfy some boolean test. Reduce the duplication by inventing a
function check_functions_in_node() that applies a simple callback function
to each SQL function OID appearing in a given expression node. This also
fixes some arguable oversights; for example, contain_mutable_functions()
did not check aggregate or window functions for mutability. I doubt that
that represents a live bug at the moment, because we don't really consider
mutability for aggregates; but it might someday be one.
I chose to put check_functions_in_node() in nodeFuncs.c because it seemed
like other modules might wish to use it in future. That in turn forced
moving set_opfuncid() et al into nodeFuncs.c, as the alternative was for
nodeFuncs.c to depend on optimizer/setrefs.c which didn't seem very clean.
In passing, teach contain_leaked_vars_walker() about a few more expression
node types it can safely look through, and improve the rather messy and
undercommented code in has_parallel_hazard_walker().
Discussion: <20160527185853.ziol2os2zskahl7v@alap3.anarazel.de>
Such paths are unsafe. To make it cheaper to detect when this case
applies, track whether a relation's default PathTarget contains any
non-Vars. In most cases, the answer will be no, which enables us to
determine cheaply that the target list for a proposed path is
parallel-safe. However, subquery pull-up can create cases that
require us to inspect the target list more carefully.
Amit Kapila, reviewed by me.
This terminology provoked widespread complaints. So, instead, rename
the GUC max_parallel_degree to max_parallel_workers_per_gather
(leaving room for a possible future GUC max_parallel_workers that acts
as a system-wide limit), and rename the parallel_degree reloption to
parallel_workers. Rename structure members to match.
These changes create a dump/restore hazard for users of PostgreSQL
9.6beta1 who have set the reloption (or applied the GUC using ALTER
USER or ALTER DATABASE).
This commit reverts 137805f89 as well as the associated commits 015e88942,
5306df283, and 68d704edb. We found multiple bugs in this feature, and
there was concern about possible planner slowdown (though to be fair,
exhibiting a very large slowdown proved difficult). The way forward
requires a considerable rewrite, which may or may not be possible to
accomplish in time for beta2. In my judgment reviewing the rewrite will
be easier to accomplish starting from a clean slate, so let's temporarily
revert what's there now. This also leaves us in a safe state if it turns
out to be necessary to postpone the rewrite to the next development cycle.
Discussion: <20160429102531.GA13701@huehner.biz>
The way that PartialAggregate and FinalizeAggregate plan nodes were
displaying output columns before was bogus. Now, FinalizeAggregate
produces the same outputs as an Aggregate would have produced, while
PartialAggregate produces each of those outputs prefixed by the word
PARTIAL.
Discussion: 12585.1460737650@sss.pgh.pa.us
Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley.
The previous display was sort of confusing, because it didn't
distinguish between the number of workers that we planned to launch
and the number that actually got launched. This has already confused
several people, so display both numbers and label them clearly.
Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by me.
Previously bcac23d exposed a subset of support functions, namely the
ones Kaigai found useful. In
20160304193704.elq773pyg5fyl3mi@alap3.anarazel.de I mentioned that
there's some functions missing to use the facility in an external
project.
To avoid having to add functions piecemeal, add all the functions which
are used to define READ_* and WRITE_* macros; users of the extensible
node functionality are likely to need these. Additionally expose
outDatum(), which doesn't have it's own WRITE_ macro, as it needs
information from the embedding struct.
Discussion: 20160304193704.elq773pyg5fyl3mi@alap3.anarazel.de
Now indexes (but only B-tree for now) can contain "extra" column(s) which
doesn't participate in index structure, they are just stored in leaf
tuples. It allows to use index only scan by using single index instead
of two or more indexes.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with minor editorializing by me
Reviewers: David Rowley, Peter Geoghegan, Jeff Janes
The code that estimates what parallel degree should be uesd for the
scan of a relation is currently rather stupid, so add a parallel_degree
reloption that can be used to override the planner's rather limited
judgement.
Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by David Rowley, James Sewell, Amit Kapila,
and me. Some further hacking by me.
This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending
on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object
automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object
is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for
indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the
utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a
matter of touching the parser rules only.
Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
Previously, the planner would reject an index-only scan if any restriction
clause for its table used a column not available from the index, even
if that restriction clause would later be dropped from the plan entirely
because it's implied by the index's predicate. This is a fairly common
situation for partial indexes because predicates using columns not included
in the index are often the most useful kind of predicate, and we have to
duplicate (or at least imply) the predicate in the WHERE clause in order
to get the index to be considered at all. So index-only scans were
essentially unavailable with such partial indexes.
To fix, we have to do detection of implied-by-predicate clauses much
earlier in the planner. This patch puts it in check_index_predicates
(nee check_partial_indexes), meaning it gets done for every partial index,
whereas we previously only considered this issue at createplan time,
so that the work was only done for an index actually selected for use.
That could result in a noticeable planning slowdown for queries against
tables with many partial indexes. However, testing suggested that there
isn't really a significant cost, especially not with reasonable numbers
of partial indexes. We do get a small additional benefit, which is that
cost_index is more accurate since it correctly discounts the evaluation
cost of clauses that will be removed. We can also avoid considering such
clauses as potential indexquals, which saves useless matching cycles in
the case where the predicate columns aren't in the index, and prevents
generating bogus plans that double-count the clause's selectivity when
the columns are in the index.
Tomas Vondra and Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed by Kevin Grittner and
Konstantin Knizhnik, and whacked around a little by me
This is necessary infrastructure for supporting parallel aggregation
for aggregates whose transition type is "internal". Such values
can't be passed between cooperating processes, because they are
just pointers.
David Rowley, reviewed by Tomas Vondra and by me.
Per discussion, the new extensible node framework is thought to be
better designed than the custom path/scan/scanstate stuff we added
in PostgreSQL 9.5. Rework the latter to be more like the former.
This is not backward-compatible, but we generally don't promise that
for C APIs, and there probably aren't many people using this yet
anyway.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Petr Jelinek and me. Some further
cosmetic changes by me.
This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so
that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally
tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having
explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly.
Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to
be added in the future.
Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek
Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby
Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
Parallel workers can now partially aggregate the data and pass the
transition values back to the leader, which can combine the partial
results to produce the final answer.
David Rowley, based on earlier work by Haribabu Kommi. Reviewed by
Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, James Sewell, and me.
postgres_fdw can now sent an UPDATE or DELETE statement directly to
the foreign server in simple cases, rather than sending a SELECT FOR
UPDATE statement and then updating or deleting rows one-by-one.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Rushabh Lathia, Shigeru Hanada, Kyotaro
Horiguchi, Albe Laurenz, Thom Brown, and me.
In the initial revision of the upper-planner pathification work, the only
available way for an FDW or custom-scan provider to inject Paths
representing post-scan-join processing was to insert them during scan-level
GetForeignPaths or similar processing. While that's not impossible, it'd
require quite a lot of duplicative processing to look forward and see if
the extension would be capable of implementing the whole query. To improve
matters for custom-scan providers, provide a hook function at the point
where the core code is about to start filling in upperrel Paths. At this
point Paths are available for the whole scan/join tree, which should reduce
the amount of redundant effort considerably.
(An alternative design that was suggested was to provide a separate hook
for each post-scan-join processing step, but that seems messy and not
clearly more useful.)
Following our time-honored tradition, there's no documentation for this
hook outside the source code.
As-is, this hook is only meant for custom scan providers, which we can't
assume very much about. A followon patch will implement an FDW callback
to let FDWs do the same thing in a somewhat more structured fashion.
In commit 19a541143a I did not make PathTarget a subtype of Node,
and embedded a RelOptInfo's reltarget directly into it rather than having
a separately-allocated Node. In hindsight that was misguided
micro-optimization, enabled by the fact that at that point we didn't have
any Paths with custom PathTargets. Now that PathTarget processing has
been fleshed out some more, it's easier to see that it's better to have
PathTarget as an indepedent Node type, even if it does cost us one more
palloc to create a RelOptInfo. So change it while we still can.
This commit just changes the representation, without doing anything more
interesting than that.
This patch widens SPI_processed, EState's es_processed field, PortalData's
portalPos field, FuncCallContext's call_cntr and max_calls fields,
ExecutorRun's count argument, PortalRunFetch's result, and the max number
of rows in a SPITupleTable to uint64, and deals with (I hope) all the
ensuing fallout. Some of these values were declared uint32 before, and
others "long".
I also removed PortalData's posOverflow field, since that logic seems
pretty useless given that portalPos is now always 64 bits.
The user-visible results are that command tags for SELECT etc will
correctly report tuple counts larger than 4G, as will plpgsql's GET
GET DIAGNOSTICS ... ROW_COUNT command. Queries processing more tuples
than that are still not exactly the norm, but they're becoming more
common.
Most values associated with FETCH/MOVE distances, such as PortalRun's count
argument and the count argument of most SPI functions that have one, remain
declared as "long". It's not clear whether it would be worth promoting
those to int64; but it would definitely be a large dollop of additional
API churn on top of this, and it would only help 32-bit platforms which
seem relatively less likely to see any benefit.
Andreas Scherbaum, reviewed by Christian Ullrich, additional hacking by me
Instead of having planner.c compute a groupColIdx array and store it in
GroupingSetsPaths, make create_groupingsets_plan() find the grouping
columns by searching in the child plan node's tlist. Although that's
probably a bit slower for create_groupingsets_plan(), it's more like
the way every other plan node type does this, and it provides positive
confirmation that we know which child output columns we're supposed to be
grouping on. (Indeed, looking at this now, I'm not at all sure that it
wasn't broken before, because create_groupingsets_plan() isn't demanding
an exact tlist match from its child node.) Also, this allows substantial
simplification in planner.c, because it no longer needs to compute the
groupColIdx array at all; no other cases were using it.
I'd intended to put off this refactoring until later (like 9.7), but
in view of the likely bug fix and the need to rationalize planner.c's
tlist handling so we can do something sane with Konstantin Knizhnik's
function-evaluation-postponement patch, I think it can't wait.
I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it
finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic
that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for
post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent
consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of
Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose
the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been
used inside query_planner() for years.
In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner()
could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a
set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can
use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level.
This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a
subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a
sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though
delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in
isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of
that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior
overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning
benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.)
There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of
planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure,
such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting
plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation
orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full
rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it
to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized
refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary
to get this patch to a working state.
Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
Up to now, there's been an assumption that all Paths for a given relation
compute the same output column set (targetlist). However, there are good
reasons to remove that assumption. For example, an indexscan on an
expression index might be able to return the value of an expensive function
"for free". While we have the ability to generate such a plan today in
simple cases, we don't have a way to model that it's cheaper than a plan
that computes the function from scratch, nor a way to create such a plan
in join cases (where the function computation would normally happen at
the topmost join node). Also, we need this so that we can have Paths
representing post-scan/join steps, where the targetlist may well change
from one step to the next. Therefore, invent a "struct PathTarget"
representing the columns we expect a plan step to emit. It's convenient
to include the output tuple width and tlist evaluation cost in this struct,
and there will likely be additional fields in future.
While Path nodes that actually do have custom outputs will need their own
PathTargets, it will still be true that most Paths for a given relation
will compute the same tlist. To reduce the overhead added by this patch,
keep a "default PathTarget" in RelOptInfo, and allow Paths that compute
that column set to just point to their parent RelOptInfo's reltarget.
(In the patch as committed, actually every Path is like that, since we
do not yet have any cases of custom PathTargets.)
I took this opportunity to provide some more-honest costing of
PlaceHolderVar evaluation. Up to now, the assumption that "scan/join
reltargetlists have cost zero" was applied not only to Vars, where it's
reasonable, but also PlaceHolderVars where it isn't. Now, we add the eval
cost of a PlaceHolderVar's expression to the first plan level where it can
be computed, by including it in the PathTarget cost field and adding that
to the cost estimates for Paths. This isn't perfect yet but it's much
better than before, and there is a way forward to improve it more. This
costing change affects the join order chosen for a couple of the regression
tests, changing expected row ordering.
An extensible node is always tagged T_Extensible, but the extnodename
field identifies it more specifically; it may also include arbitrary
private data. Extensible nodes can be copied, tested for equality,
serialized, and deserialized, but the core system doesn't know
anything about them otherwise. Some extensions may find it useful to
include these nodes in fdw_private or custom_private lists in lieu of
arm-wrestling their data into a format that the core code can
understand.
Along the way, so as not to burden the authors of such extensible
node types too much, expose the functions for writing serialized
tokens, and for serializing and deserializing bitmapsets.
KaiGai Kohei, per a design suggested by me. Reviewed by Andres Freund
and by me, and further edited by me.
When force_parallel_mode = true, we enable the parallel mode restrictions
for all queries for which this is believed to be safe. For the subset of
those queries believed to be safe to run entirely within a worker, we spin
up a worker and run the query there instead of running it in the
original process. When force_parallel_mode = regress, make additional
changes to allow the regression tests to run cleanly even though parallel
workers have been injected under the hood.
Taken together, this facilitates both better user testing and better
regression testing of the parallelism code.
Robert Haas, with help from Amit Kapila and Rushabh Lathia.
This patch doesn't put the new infrastructure to use anywhere, and
indeed it's not clear how it could ever be used for something like
postgres_fdw which has to send an SQL query and wait for a reply,
but there might be FDWs or custom scan providers that are CPU-bound,
so let's give them a way to join club parallel.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by me.
You can't really do anything useful with this in the form it currently
exists; among other problems, there's no way to reread whatever
information might be produced when the path is output. Work is
underway to replace this with a more useful and more general system of
extensible nodes, but let's start by getting rid of this bit.
Extracted from a larger patch by KaiGai Kohei.
Previously, the foreign join pushdown infrastructure left the question
of security entirely up to individual FDWs, but it would be easy for
a foreign data wrapper to inadvertently open up subtle security holes
that way. So, make it the core code's job to determine which user
mapping OID is relevant, and don't attempt join pushdown unless it's
the same for all relevant relations.
Per a suggestion from Tom Lane. Shigeru Hanada and Ashutosh Bapat,
reviewed by Etsuro Fujita and KaiGai Kohei, with some further
changes by me.
Putting a reference to an expanded-format value into a Const node would be
a bad idea for a couple of reasons. It'd be possible for the supposedly
immutable Const to change value, if something modified the referenced
variable ... in fact, if the Const's reference were R/W, any function that
has the Const as argument might itself change it at runtime. Also, because
datumIsEqual() is pretty simplistic, the Const might fail to compare equal
to other Consts that it should compare equal to, notably including copies
of itself. This could lead to unexpected planner behavior, such as "could
not find pathkey item to sort" errors or inferior plans.
I have not been able to find any way to get an expanded value into a Const
within the existing core code; but Paul Ramsey was able to trigger the
problem by writing a datatype input function that returns an expanded
value.
The best fix seems to be to establish a rule that varlena values being
placed into Const nodes should be passed through pg_detoast_datum().
That will do nothing (and cost little) in normal cases, but it will flatten
expanded values and thereby avoid the above problems. Also, it will
convert short-header or compressed values into canonical format, which will
avoid possible unexpected lack-of-equality issues for those cases too.
And it provides a last-ditch defense against putting a toasted value into
a Const, which we already knew was dangerous, cf commit 2b0c86b665.
(In the light of this discussion, I'm no longer sure that that commit
provided 100% protection against such cases, but this fix should do it.)
The test added in commit 65c3d05e18 to catch datatype input functions
with unstable results would fail for functions that returned expanded
values; but it seems a bit uncharitable to deem a result unstable just
because it's expressed in expanded form, so revise the coding so that we
check for bitwise equality only after applying pg_detoast_datum(). That's
a sufficient condition anyway given the new rule about detoasting when
forming a Const.
Back-patch to 9.5 where the expanded-object facility was added. It's
possible that this should go back further; but in the absence of clear
evidence that there's any live bug in older branches, I'll refrain for now.
The core innovation of this patch is the introduction of the concept
of a partial path; that is, a path which if executed in parallel will
generate a subset of the output rows in each process. Gathering a
partial path produces an ordinary (complete) path. This allows us to
generate paths for parallel joins by joining a partial path for one
side (which at the baserel level is currently always a Partial Seq
Scan) to an ordinary path on the other side. This is subject to
various restrictions at present, especially that this strategy seems
unlikely to be sensible for merge joins, so only nested loops and
hash joins paths are generated.
This also allows an Append node to be pushed below a Gather node in
the case of a partitioned table.
Testing revealed that early versions of this patch made poor decisions
in some cases, which turned out to be caused by the fact that the
original cost model for Parallel Seq Scan wasn't very good. So this
patch tries to make some modest improvements in that area.
There is much more to be done in the area of generating good parallel
plans in all cases, but this seems like a useful step forward.
Patch by me, reviewed by Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila.
Aggregate nodes now have two new modes: a "partial" mode where they
output the unfinalized transition state, and a "finalize" mode where
they accept unfinalized transition states rather than individual
values as input.
These new modes are not used anywhere yet, but they will be necessary
for parallel aggregation. The infrastructure also figures to be
useful for cases where we want to aggregate local data and remote
data via the FDW interface, and want to bring back partial aggregates
from the remote side that can then be combined with locally generated
partial aggregates to produce the final value. It may also be useful
even when neither FDWs nor parallelism are in play, as explained in
the comments in nodeAgg.c.
David Rowley and Simon Riggs, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei, Heikki
Linnakangas, Haribabu Kommi, and me.
This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler
function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided
in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to
the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There
are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions
are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less
error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures.
For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access
methods in installable extensions.
A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes
of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity
regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that
by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead.
(Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the
amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.)
We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but
this patch doesn't do that.
Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily
editorialized on by me.
Omitted boundaries represent the upper or lower limit of the corresponding
array subscript. This allows simpler specification of many common
use-cases.
(Revised version of commit 9246af6799)
YUriy Zhuravlev
I originally modeled this data structure on SpecialJoinInfo, but after
commit acfcd45cac that looks like a pretty poor decision.
All we really need is relid sets identifying laterally-referenced rels;
and most of the time, what we want to know about includes indirect lateral
references, a case the LateralJoinInfo data was unsuited to compute with
any efficiency. The previous commit redefined RelOptInfo.lateral_relids
as the transitive closure of lateral references, so that it easily supports
checking indirect references. For the places where we really do want just
direct references, add a new RelOptInfo field direct_lateral_relids, which
is easily set up as a copy of lateral_relids before we perform the
transitive closure calculation. Then we can just drop lateral_info_list
and LateralJoinInfo and the supporting code. This makes the planner's
handling of lateral references noticeably more efficient, and shorter too.
Such a change can't be back-patched into stable branches for fear of
breaking extensions that might be looking at the planner's data structures;
but it seems not too late to push it into 9.5, so I've done so.
More fuzz testing by Andreas Seltenreich exposed that the planner did not
cope well with chains of lateral references. If relation X references Y
laterally, and Y references Z laterally, then we will have to scan X on the
inside of a nestloop with Z, so for all intents and purposes X is laterally
dependent on Z too. The planner did not understand this and would generate
intermediate joins that could not be used. While that was usually harmless
except for wasting some planning cycles, under the right circumstances it
would lead to "failed to build any N-way joins" or "could not devise a
query plan" planner failures.
To fix that, convert the existing per-relation lateral_relids and
lateral_referencers relid sets into their transitive closures; that is,
they now show all relations on which a rel is directly or indirectly
laterally dependent. This not only fixes the chained-reference problem
but allows some of the relevant tests to be made substantially simpler
and faster, since they can be reduced to simple bitmap manipulations
instead of searches of the LateralJoinInfo list.
Also, when a PlaceHolderVar that is due to be evaluated at a join contains
lateral references, we should treat those references as indirect lateral
dependencies of each of the join's base relations. This prevents us from
trying to join any individual base relations to the lateral reference
source before the join is formed, which again cannot work.
Andreas' testing also exposed another oversight in the "dangerous
PlaceHolderVar" test added in commit 85e5e222b1. Simply rejecting
unsafe join paths in joinpath.c is insufficient, because in some cases
we will end up rejecting *all* possible paths for a particular join, again
leading to "could not devise a query plan" failures. The restriction has
to be known also to join_is_legal and its cohort functions, so that they
will not select a join for which that will happen. I chose to move the
supporting logic into joinrels.c where the latter functions are.
Back-patch to 9.3 where LATERAL support was introduced.
The original parallel sequential scan commit included only very limited
changes to the EXPLAIN output. Aggregated totals from all workers were
displayed, but there was no way to see what each individual worker did
or to distinguish the effort made by the workers from the effort made by
the leader.
Per a gripe by Thom Brown (and maybe others). Patch by me, reviewed
by Amit Kapila.
The single linked list of memory contexts could result in O(N^2)
performance to free a set of contexts if they were not freed in
reverse order of creation. In many cases the reverse order was
used, but there were some significant exceptions that caused real-
world performance problems. Rather than requiring all callers to
care about the order in which contexts were freed, and hunting down
and changing all existing cases where the wrong order was used, we
add one pointer per memory context so that the implementation
details are not so visible.
Jan Wieck
Commit e7cb7ee145 provided basic
infrastructure for allowing a foreign data wrapper or custom scan
provider to replace a join of one or more tables with a scan.
However, this infrastructure failed to take into account the need
for possible EvalPlanQual rechecks, and ExecScanFetch would fail
an assertion (or just overwrite memory) if such a check was attempted
for a plan containing a pushed-down join. To fix, adjust the EPQ
machinery to skip some processing steps when scanrelid == 0, making
those the responsibility of scan's recheck method, which also has
the responsibility in this case of correctly populating the relevant
slot.
To allow foreign scans to gain control in the right place to make
use of this new facility, add a new, optional RecheckForeignScan
method. Also, allow a foreign scan to have a child plan, which can
be used to correctly populate the slot (or perhaps for something
else, but this is the only use currently envisioned).
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Robert Haas, Etsuro Fujita, and Kyotaro
Horiguchi.
While convincing myself that commit 7e19db0c09 would solve both of
the problems recently reported by Andreas Seltenreich, I realized that
add_paths_to_joinrel's handling of LATERAL restrictions could be made
noticeably simpler and faster if we were to retain the minimum possible
parameterization for each joinrel (that is, the set of relids supplying
unsatisfied lateral references in it). We already retain that for
baserels, in RelOptInfo.lateral_relids, so we can use that field for
joinrels too.
I re-pgindent'd the files touched here, which affects some unrelated
comments.
This is, I believe, just a minor optimization not a bug fix, so no
back-patch.
Commit a0d9f6e434 added this support for
all other plan node types; this fills in the gap.
Since TextOutCustomScan complicates this and is pretty well useless,
remove it.
KaiGai Kohei, with some modifications by me.
Add a new flag, consider_parallel, to each RelOptInfo, indicating
whether a plan for that relation could conceivably be run inside of
a parallel worker. Right now, we're pretty conservative: for example,
it might be possible to defer applying a parallel-restricted qual
in a worker, and later do it in the leader, but right now we just
don't try to parallelize access to that relation. That's probably
the right decision in most cases, anyway.
Using the new flag, generate parallel sequential scan plans for plain
baserels, meaning that we now have parallel sequential scan in
PostgreSQL. The logic here is pretty unsophisticated right now: the
costing model probably isn't right in detail, and we can't push joins
beneath Gather nodes, so the number of plans that can actually benefit
from this is pretty limited right now. Lots more work is needed.
Nevertheless, it seems time to enable this functionality so that all
this code can actually be tested easily by users and developers.
Note that, if you wish to test this functionality, it will be
necessary to set max_parallel_degree to a value greater than the
default of 0. Once a few more loose ends have been tidied up here, we
might want to consider changing the default value of this GUC, but
I'm leaving it alone for now.
Along the way, fix a bug in cost_gather: the previous coding thought
that a Gather node's transfer overhead should be costed on the basis of
the relation size rather than the number of tuples that actually need
to be passed off to the leader.
Patch by me, reviewed in earlier versions by Amit Kapila.
In addition, this path fills in a number of missing bits and pieces in
the parallel infrastructure. Paths and plans now have a parallel_aware
flag indicating whether whatever parallel-aware logic they have should
be engaged. It is believed that we will need this flag for a number of
path/plan types, not just sequential scans, which is why the flag is
generic rather than part of the SeqScan structures specifically.
Also, execParallel.c now gives parallel nodes a chance to initialize
their PlanState nodes from the DSM during parallel worker startup.
Amit Kapila, with a fair amount of adjustment by me. Review of previous
patch versions by Haribabu Kommi and others.
Commit 4a4e6893aa, which introduced this
mechanism, failed to account for the fact that the RECORD pseudo-type
uses transient typmods that are only meaningful within a single
backend. Transferring such tuples without modification between two
cooperating backends does not work. This commit installs a system
for passing the tuple descriptors over the same shm_mq being used to
send the tuples themselves. The two sides might not assign the same
transient typmod to any given tuple descriptor, so we must also
substitute the appropriate receiver-side typmod for the one used by
the sender. That adds some CPU overhead, but still seems better than
being unable to pass records between cooperating parallel processes.
Along the way, move the logic for handling multiple tuple queues from
tqueue.c to nodeGather.c; tqueue.c now provides a TupleQueueReader,
which reads from a single queue, rather than a TupleQueueFunnel, which
potentially reads from multiple queues. This change was suggested
previously as a way to make sure that nodeGather.c rather than tqueue.c
had policy control over the order in which to read from queues, but
it wasn't clear to me until now how good an idea it was. typmod
mapping needs to be performed separately for each queue, and it is
much simpler if the tqueue.c code handles that and leaves multiplexing
multiple queues to higher layers of the stack.
Commit d1b7c1ffe7 introduced a mechanism
for serializing a ParamListInfo structure to be passed to a parallel
worker. However, this mechanism failed to handle external expanded
values, as pointed out by Noah Misch. Repair.
Moreover, plpgsql_param_fetch requires adjustment because the
serialization mechanism needs it to skip evaluating unused parameters
just as we would do when it is called from copyParamList, but params
== estate->paramLI in that case. To fix, make the bms_is_member test
in that function unconditional.
Finally, have setup_param_list set a new ParamListInfo field,
paramMask, to the parameters actually used in the expression, so that
we don't try to fetch those that are not needed when serializing a
parameter list. This isn't necessary for correctness, but it makes
the performance of the parallel executor code comparable to what we
do for cases involving cursors.
Design suggestions and extensive review by Noah Misch. Patch by me.
The original Gather code failed to mark a Gather node as not able to
do projection, but it couldn't, even though it did call initialize its
projection info via ExecAssignProjectionInfo. There doesn't seem to
be any good reason for this node not to have projection capability,
so clean things up so that it does. Without this, plans using Gather
nodes might need to carry extra Result nodes to do projection.
In the previous coding, before returning from ExecutorRun, we'd shut
down all parallel workers. This was dead wrong if ExecutorRun was
called with a non-zero tuple count; it had the effect of truncating
the query output. To fix, give ExecutePlan control over whether to
enter parallel mode, and have it refuse to do so if the tuple count
is non-zero. Rewrite the Gather logic so that it can cope with being
called outside parallel mode.
Commit 7aea8e4f2d is largely to blame
for this problem, though this patch modifies some subsequently-committed
code which relied on the guarantees it purported to make.
This fixes a long-standing bug which was discovered while investigating
the interaction between the new join pushdown code and the EvalPlanQual
machinery: if a ForeignScan appears on the inner side of a paramaterized
nestloop, an EPQ recheck would re-return the original tuple even if
it no longer satisfied the pushed-down quals due to changed parameter
values.
This fix adds a new member to ForeignScan and ForeignScanState and a
new argument to make_foreignscan, and requires changes to FDWs which
push down quals to populate that new argument with a list of quals they
have chosen to push down. Therefore, I'm only back-patching to 9.5,
even though the bug is not new in 9.5.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by me and by Kyotaro Horiguchi.
The WithCheckOptions list in Query are only populated during rewrite and
do not need to be written out or read in as part of a Query structure.
Further, move WithCheckOptions to the bottom and add comments to clarify
that it is only populated during rewrite.
Back-patch to 9.5 with a catversion bump, as we are still in alpha.
To allow users to force RLS to always be applied, even for table owners,
add ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY.
row_security=off overrides FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY, to ensure pg_dump
output is complete (by default).
Also add SECURITY_NOFORCE_RLS context to avoid data corruption when
ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW SECURITY is being used. The
SECURITY_NOFORCE_RLS security context is used only during referential
integrity checks and is only considered in check_enable_rls() after we
have already checked that the current user is the owner of the relation
(which should always be the case during referential integrity checks).
Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was added.
A Gather executor node runs any number of copies of a plan in an equal
number of workers and merges all of the results into a single tuple
stream. It can also run the plan itself, if the workers are
unavailable or haven't started up yet. It is intended to work with
the Partial Seq Scan node which will be added in future commits.
It could also be used to implement parallel query of a different sort
by itself, without help from Partial Seq Scan, if the single_copy mode
is used. In that mode, a worker executes the plan, and the parallel
leader does not, merely collecting the worker's results. So, a Gather
node could be inserted into a plan to split the execution of that plan
across two processes. Nested Gather nodes aren't currently supported,
but we might want to add support for that in the future.
There's nothing in the planner to actually generate Gather nodes yet,
so it's not quite time to break out the champagne. But we're getting
close.
Amit Kapila. Some designs suggestions were provided by me, and I also
reviewed the patch. Single-copy mode, documentation, and other minor
changes also by me.
This code provides infrastructure for a parallel leader to start up
parallel workers to execute subtrees of the plan tree being executed
in the master. User-supplied parameters from ParamListInfo are passed
down, but PARAM_EXEC parameters are not. Various other constructs,
such as initplans, subplans, and CTEs, are also not currently shared.
Nevertheless, there's enough here to support a basic implementation of
parallel query, and we can lift some of the current restrictions as
needed.
Amit Kapila and Robert Haas
ExplainPreScanNode knows how to iterate over a generic tree of plan
states; factor that logic out into a separate walker function so that
other code, such as upcoming patches for parallel query, can also use
it.
Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Commit 924bcf4f16 introduced a framework
for parallel computation in PostgreSQL that makes most but not all
built-in functions safe to execute in parallel mode. In order to have
parallel query, we'll need to be able to determine whether that query
contains functions (either built-in or user-defined) that cannot be
safely executed in parallel mode. This requires those functions to be
labeled, so this patch introduces an infrastructure for that. Some
functions currently labeled as safe may need to be revised depending on
how pending issues related to heavyweight locking under paralllelism
are resolved.
Parallel plans can't be used except for the case where the query will
run to completion. If portal execution were suspended, the parallel
mode restrictions would need to remain in effect during that time, but
that might make other queries fail. Therefore, this patch introduces
a framework that enables consideration of parallel plans only when it
is known that the plan will be run to completion. This probably needs
some refinement; for example, at bind time, we do not know whether a
query run via the extended protocol will be execution to completion or
run with a limited fetch count. Having the client indicate its
intentions at bind time would constitute a wire protocol break. Some
contexts in which parallel mode would be safe are not adjusted by this
patch; the default is not to try parallel plans except from call sites
that have been updated to say that such plans are OK.
This commit doesn't introduce any parallel paths or plans; it just
provides a way to determine whether they could potentially be used.
I'm committing it on the theory that the remaining parallel sequential
scan patches will also get committed to this release, hopefully in the
not-too-distant future.
Robert Haas and Amit Kapila. Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Noah
Misch.
This refactors rewrite/rowsecurity.c to simplify the handling of the
default deny case (reducing the number of places where we check for and
add the default deny policy from three to one) by splitting up the
retrival of the policies from the application of them.
This also allowed us to do away with the policy_id field. A policy_name
field was added for WithCheckOption policies and is used in error
reporting, when available.
Patch by Dean Rasheed, with various mostly cosmetic changes by me.
Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was introduced to avoid unnecessary
differences, since we're still in alpha, per discussion with Robert.
Per discussion, nowadays it is possible to have tablespaces that have
wildly different I/O characteristics from others. Setting different
effective_io_concurrency parameters for those has been measured to
improve performance.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed by: Andres Freund
Since 6fcd885 it is possible to immediately reserve WAL when creating a
slot via pg_create_physical_replication_slot(). Extend the replication
protocol to allow that as well.
Although, in contrast to the SQL interface, it is possible to update the
reserved location via the replication interface, it is still useful
being able to reserve upon creation there. Otherwise the logic in
ReplicationSlotReserveWal() has to be repeated in slot employing
clients.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: CAB7nPqT0Wc1W5mdYGeJ_wbutbwNN+3qgrFR64avXaQCiJMGaYA@mail.gmail.com
We had a report from Stefan Kaltenbrunner of a case in which postmaster
log files overran available disk space because multiple backends spewed
enormous context stats dumps upon hitting an out-of-memory condition.
Given the lack of similar reports, this isn't a common problem, but it
still seems worth doing something about. However, we don't want to just
blindly truncate the output, because that might prevent diagnosis of OOM
problems. What seems like a workable compromise is to limit the dump to
100 child contexts per parent, and summarize the space used within any
additional child contexts. That should help because practical cases where
the dump gets long will typically be huge numbers of siblings under the
same parent context; while the additional debugging value from seeing
details about individual siblings beyond 100 will not be large, we hope.
Anyway it doesn't take much code or memory space to do this, so let's try
it like this and see how things go.
Since the summarization mechanism requires passing totals back up anyway,
I took the opportunity to add a "grand total" line to the end of the
printout.
To avoid confusion, rename CreatePolicyStmt's 'cmd' to 'cmd_name',
parse_policy_command's 'cmd' to 'polcmd', and AlterPolicy's 'cmd_datum'
to 'polcmd_datum', per discussion with Noah and as a follow-up to his
correction of copynodes/equalnodes handling of the CreatePolicyStmt
'cmd' field.
Back-patch to 9.5 where the CreatePolicyStmt was introduced, as we
are still only in alpha.
Until now we computed these Param ID sets at the end of subquery_planner,
but that approach depends on subquery_planner returning a concrete Plan
tree. We would like to switch over to returning one or more Paths for a
subquery, and in that representation the necessary details aren't fully
fleshed out (not to mention that we don't really want to do this work for
Paths that end up getting discarded). Hence, refactor so that we can
compute the param ID sets at the end of planning, just before
set_plan_references is run.
The main change necessary to make this work is that we need to capture
the set of outer-level Param IDs available to the current query level
before exiting subquery_planner, since the outer levels' plan_params lists
are transient. (That's not going to pose a problem for returning Paths,
since all the work involved in producing that data is part of expression
preprocessing, which will continue to happen before Paths are produced.)
On the plus side, this change gets rid of several existing kluges.
Eventually I'd like to get rid of SS_finalize_plan altogether in favor of
doing this work during set_plan_references, but that will require some
complex rejiggering because SS_finalize_plan needs to visit subplans and
initplans before the main plan. So leave that idea for another day.
So far we have worked around the fact that some very old compilers do
not support 'inline' functions by only using inline functions
conditionally (or not at all). Since such compilers are very rare by
now, we have decided to rely on inline functions from 9.6 onwards.
To avoid breaking these old compilers inline is defined away when not
supported. That'll cause "function x defined but not used" type of
warnings, but since nobody develops on such compilers anymore that's
ok.
This change in policy will allow us to more easily employ inline
functions.
I chose to remove code previously conditional on PG_USE_INLINE as it
seemed confusing to have code dependent on a define that's always
defined.
Blacklisting of compilers, like in c53f73879f, now has to be done
differently. A platform template can define PG_FORCE_DISABLE_INLINE to
force inline to be defined empty.
Discussion: 20150701161447.GB30708@awork2.anarazel.de
If there are two different aggregates in the query with same inputs, and
the aggregates have the same initial condition and transition function,
only calculate the state value once, and only call the final functions
separately. For example, AVG(x) and SUM(x) aggregates have the same
transition function, which accumulates the sum and number of input tuples.
For a query like "SELECT AVG(x), SUM(x) FROM x", we can therefore
accumulate the state function only once, which gives a nice speedup.
David Rowley, reviewed and edited by me.
The original implementation of TABLESAMPLE modeled the tablesample method
API on index access methods, which wasn't a good choice because, without
specialized DDL commands, there's no way to build an extension that can
implement a TSM. (Raw inserts into system catalogs are not an acceptable
thing to do, because we can't undo them during DROP EXTENSION, nor will
pg_upgrade behave sanely.) Instead adopt an API more like procedural
language handlers or foreign data wrappers, wherein the only SQL-level
support object needed is a single handler function identified by having
a special return type. This lets us get rid of the supporting catalog
altogether, so that no custom DDL support is needed for the feature.
Adjust the API so that it can support non-constant tablesample arguments
(the original coding assumed we could evaluate the argument expressions at
ExecInitSampleScan time, which is undesirable even if it weren't outright
unsafe), and discourage sampling methods from looking at invisible tuples.
Make sure that the BERNOULLI and SYSTEM methods are genuinely repeatable
within and across queries, as required by the SQL standard, and deal more
honestly with methods that can't support that requirement.
Make a full code-review pass over the tablesample additions, and fix
assorted bugs, omissions, infelicities, and cosmetic issues (such as
failure to put the added code stanzas in a consistent ordering).
Improve EXPLAIN's output of tablesample plans, too.
Back-patch to 9.5 so that we don't have to support the original API
in production.
In the passing, also move AT_ReAddComment to more logical position in the
enum, after all the Constraint-related subcommands.
This fixes a compiler warning, added by commit e42375fc. Backpatch to 9.5,
like that patch.
Other options cannot be changed, as it's not totally clear if cached plans
would need to be invalidated if one of the other options change. Selectivity
estimator functions only change plan costs, not correctness of plans, so
those should be safe.
Original patch by Uriy Zhuravlev, heavily edited by me.
When a column's datatype is changed, ATExecAlterColumnType() rebuilds all
the affected indexes and constraints, and the comments from the old
indexes/constraints were not carried over.
To fix, create a synthetic COMMENT ON command in the work queue, to re-add
any comments on constraints. For indexes, there's a comment field in
IndexStmt that is used.
This fixes bug #13126, reported by Kirill Simonov. Original patch by
Michael Paquier, reviewed by Petr Jelinek and me. This bug is present in
all versions, but only backpatch to 9.5. Given how minor the issue is, it
doesn't seem worth the work and risk to backpatch further than that.
Allow CustomPath to have a list of paths, CustomPlan a list of plans,
and CustomPlanState a list of planstates known to the core system, so
that custom path/plan providers can more reasonably use this
infrastructure for nodes with multiple children.
KaiGai Kohei, per a design suggestion from Tom Lane, with some
further kibitzing by me.
When the inner side of a nestloop SEMI or ANTI join is an indexscan that
uses all the join clauses as indexquals, it can be presumed that both
matched and unmatched outer rows will be processed very quickly: for
matched rows, we'll stop after fetching one row from the indexscan, while
for unmatched rows we'll have an indexscan that finds no matching index
entries, which should also be quick. The planner already knew about this,
but it was nonetheless charging for at least one full run of the inner
indexscan, as a consequence of concerns about the behavior of materialized
inner scans --- but those concerns don't apply in the fast case. If the
inner side has low cardinality (many matching rows) this could make an
indexscan plan look far more expensive than it actually is. To fix,
rearrange the work in initial_cost_nestloop/final_cost_nestloop so that we
don't add the inner scan cost until we've inspected the indexquals, and
then we can add either the full-run cost or just the first tuple's cost as
appropriate.
Experimentation with this fix uncovered another problem: add_path and
friends were coded to disregard cheap startup cost when considering
parameterized paths. That's usually okay (and desirable, because it thins
the path herd faster); but in this fast case for SEMI/ANTI joins, it could
result in throwing away the desired plain indexscan path in favor of a
bitmap scan path before we ever get to the join costing logic. In the
many-matching-rows cases of interest here, a bitmap scan will do a lot more
work than required, so this is a problem. To fix, add a per-relation flag
consider_param_startup that works like the existing consider_startup flag,
but applies to parameterized paths, and set it for relations that are the
inside of a SEMI or ANTI join.
To make this patch reasonably safe to back-patch, care has been taken to
avoid changing the planner's behavior except in the very narrow case of
SEMI/ANTI joins with inner indexscans. There are places in
compare_path_costs_fuzzily and add_path_precheck that are not terribly
consistent with the new approach, but changing them will affect planner
decisions at the margins in other cases, so we'll leave that for a
HEAD-only fix.
Back-patch to 9.3; before that, the consider_startup flag didn't exist,
meaning that the second aspect of the patch would be too invasive.
Per a complaint from Peter Holzer and analysis by Tomas Vondra.
Previously, INSERT with ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE specified used a new
command tag -- UPSERT. It was introduced out of concern that INSERT as
a command tag would be a misrepresentation for ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE, as
some affected rows may actually have been updated.
Alvaro Herrera noticed that the implementation of that new command tag
was incomplete; in subsequent discussion we concluded that having it
doesn't provide benefits that are in line with the compatibility breaks
it requires.
Catversion bump due to the removal of PlannedStmt->isUpsert.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: 20150520215816.GI5885@postgresql.org
Defer lookup of opfamily and input type of a of a user specified opclass
until the optimizer selects among available unique indexes; and store
the opclass in the parse analyzed tree instead. The primary reason for
doing this is that for rule deparsing it's easier to use the opclass
than the previous representation.
While at it also rename a variable in the inference code to better fit
it's purpose.
This is separate from the actual fixes for deparsing to make review
easier.
This oversight results in a crash at executor startup if the plan has
been copied. outfuncs.c was missed as well.
While we could probably have taught both those files to cope with the
originally chosen representation of an Oid array, it would have been
painful, not least because there'd be no easy way to verify the array
length. An Oid List is far easier to work with. And AFAICS, there is
no particular notational benefit to using an array rather than a list
in the existing parts of the patch either. So just change it to a list.
Error in commit 35fcb1b3d0, which is new,
so no need for back-patch.
This SQL standard functionality allows to aggregate data by different
GROUP BY clauses at once. Each grouping set returns rows with columns
grouped by in other sets set to NULL.
This could previously be achieved by doing each grouping as a separate
query, conjoined by UNION ALLs. Besides being considerably more concise,
grouping sets will in many cases be faster, requiring only one scan over
the underlying data.
The current implementation of grouping sets only supports using sorting
for input. Individual sets that share a sort order are computed in one
pass. If there are sets that don't share a sort order, additional sort &
aggregation steps are performed. These additional passes are sourced by
the previous sort step; thus avoiding repeated scans of the source data.
The code is structured in a way that adding support for purely using
hash aggregation or a mix of hashing and sorting is possible. Sorting
was chosen to be supported first, as it is the most generic method of
implementation.
Instead of, as in an earlier versions of the patch, representing the
chain of sort and aggregation steps as full blown planner and executor
nodes, all but the first sort are performed inside the aggregation node
itself. This avoids the need to do some unusual gymnastics to handle
having to return aggregated and non-aggregated tuples from underlying
nodes, as well as having to shut down underlying nodes early to limit
memory usage. The optimizer still builds Sort/Agg node to describe each
phase, but they're not part of the plan tree, but instead additional
data for the aggregation node. They're a convenient and preexisting way
to describe aggregation and sorting. The first (and possibly only) sort
step is still performed as a separate execution step. That retains
similarity with existing group by plans, makes rescans fairly simple,
avoids very deep plans (leading to slow explains) and easily allows to
avoid the sorting step if the underlying data is sorted by other means.
A somewhat ugly side of this patch is having to deal with a grammar
ambiguity between the new CUBE keyword and the cube extension/functions
named cube (and rollup). To avoid breaking existing deployments of the
cube extension it has not been renamed, neither has cube been made a
reserved keyword. Instead precedence hacking is used to make GROUP BY
cube(..) refer to the CUBE grouping sets feature, and not the function
cube(). To actually group by a function cube(), unlikely as that might
be, the function name has to be quoted.
Needs a catversion bump because stored rules may change.
Author: Andrew Gierth and Atri Sharma, with contributions from Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Noah Misch, Tom Lane, Svenne Krap, Tomas
Vondra, Erik Rijkers, Marti Raudsepp, Pavel Stehule
Discussion: CAOeZVidmVRe2jU6aMk_5qkxnB7dfmPROzM7Ur8JPW5j8Y5X-Lw@mail.gmail.com
Add a TABLESAMPLE clause to SELECT statements that allows
user to specify random BERNOULLI sampling or block level
SYSTEM sampling. Implementation allows for extensible
sampling functions to be written, using a standard API.
Basic version follows SQLStandard exactly. Usable
concrete use cases for the sampling API follow in later
commits.
Petr Jelinek
Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Simon Riggs
The distance function can now set *recheck = false, like index quals. The
executor will then re-check the ORDER BY expressions, and use a queue to
reorder the results on the fly.
This makes it possible to do kNN-searches on polygons and circles, which
don't store the exact value in the index, but just a bounding box.
Alexander Korotkov and me
When this option is specified, a progress report is printed as each index
is reindexed.
Per discussion, we agreed on the following syntax for the extensibility of
the options.
REINDEX (flexible options) { INDEX | ... } name
Sawada Masahiko.
Reviewed by Robert Haas, Fabrízio Mello, Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi,
Jim Nasby and me.
Discussion: CAD21AoA0pK3YcOZAFzMae+2fcc3oGp5zoRggDyMNg5zoaWDhdQ@mail.gmail.com
This patch introduces the ability for complex datatypes to have an
in-memory representation that is different from their on-disk format.
On-disk formats are typically optimized for minimal size, and in any case
they can't contain pointers, so they are often not well-suited for
computation. Now a datatype can invent an "expanded" in-memory format
that is better suited for its operations, and then pass that around among
the C functions that operate on the datatype. There are also provisions
(rudimentary as yet) to allow an expanded object to be modified in-place
under suitable conditions, so that operations like assignment to an element
of an array need not involve copying the entire array.
The initial application for this feature is arrays, but it is not hard
to foresee using it for other container types like JSON, XML and hstore.
I have hopes that it will be useful to PostGIS as well.
In this initial implementation, a few heuristics have been hard-wired
into plpgsql to improve performance for arrays that are stored in
plpgsql variables. We would like to generalize those hacks so that
other datatypes can obtain similar improvements, but figuring out some
appropriate APIs is left as a task for future work. (The heuristics
themselves are probably not optimal yet, either, as they sometimes
force expansion of arrays that would be better left alone.)
Preliminary performance testing shows impressive speed gains for plpgsql
functions that do element-by-element access or update of large arrays.
There are other cases that get a little slower, as a result of added array
format conversions; but we can hope to improve anything that's annoyingly
bad. In any case most applications should see a net win.
Tom Lane, reviewed by Andres Freund
Previously, FDWs could only do "early row locking", that is lock a row as
soon as it's fetched, even though local restriction/join conditions might
discard the row later. This patch adds callbacks that allow FDWs to do
late locking in the same way that it's done for regular tables.
To make use of this feature, an FDW must support the "ctid" column as a
unique row identifier. Currently, since ctid has to be of type TID,
the feature is of limited use, though in principle it could be used by
postgres_fdw. We may eventually allow FDWs to specify another data type
for ctid, which would make it possible for more FDWs to use this feature.
This commit does not modify postgres_fdw to use late locking. We've
tested some prototype code for that, but it's not in committable shape,
and besides it's quite unclear whether it actually makes sense to do late
locking against a remote server. The extra round trips required are likely
to outweigh any benefit from improved concurrency.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat, and hacked up a lot by me
This feature lets user code inspect and take action on DDL events.
Whenever a ddl_command_end event trigger is installed, DDL actions
executed are saved to a list which can be inspected during execution of
a function attached to ddl_command_end.
The set-returning function pg_event_trigger_ddl_commands can be used to
list actions so captured; it returns data about the type of command
executed, as well as the affected object. This is sufficient for many
uses of this feature. For the cases where it is not, we also provide a
"command" column of a new pseudo-type pg_ddl_command, which is a
pointer to a C structure that can be accessed by C code. The struct
contains all the info necessary to completely inspect and even
reconstruct the executed command.
There is no actual deparse code here; that's expected to come later.
What we have is enough infrastructure that the deparsing can be done in
an external extension. The intention is that we will add some deparsing
code in a later release, as an in-core extension.
A new test module is included. It's probably insufficient as is, but it
should be sufficient as a starting point for a more complete and
future-proof approach.
Authors: Álvaro Herrera, with some help from Andres Freund, Ian Barwick,
Abhijit Menon-Sen.
Reviews by Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier,
Craig Ringer, David Steele.
Additional input from Chris Browne, Dimitri Fontaine, Stephen Frost,
Petr Jelínek, Tom Lane, Jim Nasby, Steven Singer, Pavel Stěhule.
Based on original work by Dimitri Fontaine, though I didn't use his
code.
Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/m2txrsdzxa.fsf@2ndQuadrant.frhttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20131108153322.GU5809@eldon.alvh.no-ip.orghttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20150215044814.GL3391@alvh.no-ip.org
Commit e7cb7ee145 included some design
decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot
of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up
as follows:
* Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server,
rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW
handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had
to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for
lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of
input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on
doing something outside this restriction can always use the
set_join_pathlist_hook.
* Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist
to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists
to be used even for base relations.
* Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist
value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility
doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some
ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL.
* Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel,
and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook,
so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than
as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the
probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in
source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this
is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't
pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root,
joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce
code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the
struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of
changing their local copies of that variable.
* Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all
right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow
we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers.
* Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid
extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans.
* Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some
code additions into more logical places.
The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to
raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting.
ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a
inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or
by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the
constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE
SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to
both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the
optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being
executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple
proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the
pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias.
This feature is often referred to as upsert.
This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative
insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first
does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a
violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted
tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a
matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken.
If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is
deemed inserted.
To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table
named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT
INTO now can alias its target table.
Bumps catversion as stored rules change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki
Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs,
Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
Previously, relation range table entries used a single Bitmapset field
representing which columns required either UPDATE or INSERT privileges,
despite the fact that INSERT and UPDATE privileges are separately
cataloged, and may be independently held. As statements so far required
either insert or update privileges but never both, that was
sufficient. The required permission could be inferred from the top level
statement run.
The upcoming INSERT ... ON CONFLICT UPDATE feature needs to
independently check for both privileges in one statement though, so that
is not sufficient anymore.
Bumps catversion as stored rules change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Foreign data wrappers can use this capability for so-called "join
pushdown"; that is, instead of executing two separate foreign scans
and then joining the results locally, they can generate a path which
performs the join on the remote server and then is scanned locally.
This commit does not extend postgres_fdw to take advantage of this
capability; it just provides the infrastructure.
Custom scan providers can use this in a similar way. Previously,
it was only possible for a custom scan provider to scan a single
relation. Now, it can scan an entire join tree, provided of course
that it knows how to produce the same results that the join would
have produced if executed normally.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Shigeru Hanada, Ashutosh Bapat, and me.
This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data
types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms
for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python.
reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
The RLS capability is built on top of the WITH CHECK OPTION
system which was added for auto-updatable views, however, unlike
WCOs on views (which are mandated by the SQL spec to not fire until
after all other constraints and checks are done), it makes much more
sense for RLS checks to happen earlier than constraint and uniqueness
checks.
This patch reworks the structure which holds the WCOs a bit to be
explicitly either VIEW or RLS checks and the RLS-related checks are
done prior to the constraint and uniqueness checks. This also allows
better error reporting as we are now reporting when a violation is due
to a WITH CHECK OPTION and when it's due to an RLS policy violation,
which was independently noted by Craig Ringer as being confusing.
The documentation is also updated to include a paragraph about when RLS
WITH CHECK handling is performed, as there have been a number of
questions regarding that and the documentation was previously silent on
the matter.
Author: Dean Rasheed, with some kabitzing and comment changes by me.
In 83ff1618 we defined integer limits iff they're not provided by the
system. That turns out not to be the greatest idea because there's
different ways some datatypes can be represented. E.g. on OSX PG's 64bit
datatype will be a 'long int', but OSX unconditionally uses 'long
long'. That disparity then can lead to warnings, e.g. around printf
formats.
One way to fix that would be to back int64 using stdint.h's
int64_t. While a good idea it's not that easy to implement. We would
e.g. need to include stdint.h in our external headers, which we don't
today. Also computing the correct int64 printf formats in that case is
nontrivial.
Instead simply prefix the integer limits with PG_ and define them
unconditionally. I've adjusted all the references to them in code, but
not the ones in comments; the latter seems unnecessary to me.
Discussion: 20150331141423.GK4878@alap3.anarazel.de
This adds a new GiST opclass method, 'fetch', which is used to reconstruct
the original Datum from the value stored in the index. Also, the 'canreturn'
index AM interface function gains a new 'attno' argument. That makes it
possible to use index-only scans on a multi-column index where some of the
opclasses support index-only scans but some do not.
This patch adds support in the box and point opclasses. Other opclasses
can added later as follow-on patches (btree_gist would be particularly
interesting).
Anastasia Lubennikova, with additional fixes and modifications by me.
Several submitted and even committed patches have run into the problem
that C89, our baseline, does not provide minimum/maximum values for
various integer datatypes. C99's stdint.h does, but we can't rely on
it.
Several parts of the code defined limits locally, so instead centralize
the definitions to c.h.
This patch also changes the more obvious usages of literal limit values;
there's more places that could be changed, but it's less clear whether
it's beneficial to change those.
Author: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: 87619tc5wc.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Foreign tables can now be inheritance children, or parents. Much of the
system was already ready for this, but we had to fix a few things of
course, mostly in the area of planner and executor handling of row locks.
As side effects of this, allow foreign tables to have NOT VALID CHECK
constraints (and hence to accept ALTER ... VALIDATE CONSTRAINT), and to
accept ALTER SET STORAGE and ALTER SET WITH/WITHOUT OIDS. Continuing to
disallow these things would've required bizarre and inconsistent special
cases in inheritance behavior. Since foreign tables don't enforce CHECK
constraints anyway, a NOT VALID one is a complete no-op, but that doesn't
mean we shouldn't allow it. And it's possible that some FDWs might have
use for SET STORAGE or SET WITH OIDS, though doubtless they will be no-ops
for most.
An additional change in support of this is that when a ModifyTable node
has multiple target tables, they will all now be explicitly identified
in EXPLAIN output, for example:
Update on pt1 (cost=0.00..321.05 rows=3541 width=46)
Update on pt1
Foreign Update on ft1
Foreign Update on ft2
Update on child3
-> Seq Scan on pt1 (cost=0.00..0.00 rows=1 width=46)
-> Foreign Scan on ft1 (cost=100.00..148.03 rows=1170 width=46)
-> Foreign Scan on ft2 (cost=100.00..148.03 rows=1170 width=46)
-> Seq Scan on child3 (cost=0.00..25.00 rows=1200 width=46)
This was done mainly to provide an unambiguous place to attach "Remote SQL"
fields, but it is useful for inherited updates even when no foreign tables
are involved.
Shigeru Hanada and Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat and Kyotaro
Horiguchi, some additional hacking by me
We were involving the parser too much in setting up initial vacuuming
parameters. This patch moves that responsibility elsewhere to simplify
code, and also to make future additions easier. To do this, create a
new struct VacuumParams which is filled just prior to vacuum execution,
instead of at parse time; for user-invoked vacuuming this is set up in a
new function ExecVacuum, while autovacuum sets it up by itself.
While at it, add a new member VACOPT_SKIPTOAST to enum VacuumOption,
only set by autovacuum, which is used to disable vacuuming of the toast
table instead of the old do_toast parameter; this relieves the argument
list of vacuum() and some callees a bit. This partially makes up for
having added more arguments in an effort to avoid having autovacuum from
constructing a VacuumStmt parse node.
Author: Michael Paquier. Some tweaks by Álvaro
Reviewed by: Robert Haas, Stephen Frost, Álvaro Herrera
In the spirit of 890192e99a and 4464303405: have get_object_address
understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to
refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost
always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them.
(The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR
FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus
does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.)
In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual
amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to
do so as well.
To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes
the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies:
instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the
first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use
objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc.
Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
This patch fixes two inadequacies of the PlanRowMark representation.
First, that the original LockingClauseStrength isn't stored (and cannot be
inferred for foreign tables, which always get ROW_MARK_COPY). Since some
PlanRowMarks are created out of whole cloth and don't actually have an
ancestral RowMarkClause, this requires adding a dummy LCS_NONE value to
enum LockingClauseStrength, which is fairly annoying but the alternatives
seem worse. This fix allows getting rid of the use of get_parse_rowmark()
in FDWs (as per the discussion around commits 462bd95705 and
8ec8760fc8), and it simplifies some things elsewhere.
Second, that the representation assumed that all child tables in an
inheritance hierarchy would use the same RowMarkType. That's true today
but will soon not be true. We add an "allMarkTypes" field that identifies
the union of mark types used in all a parent table's children, and use
that where appropriate (currently, only in preprocess_targetlist()).
In passing fix a couple of minor infelicities left over from the SKIP
LOCKED patch, notably that _outPlanRowMark still thought waitPolicy
is a bool.
Catversion bump is required because the numeric values of enum
LockingClauseStrength can appear in on-disk rules.
Extracted from a much larger patch to support foreign table inheritance;
it seemed worth breaking this out, since it's a separable concern.
Shigeru Hanada and Etsuro Fujita, somewhat modified by me
Commit df630b0dd5 moved enum LockWaitPolicy
into its very own header file utils/lockwaitpolicy.h, which does not seem
like a great idea from here. First, it's still a node-related declaration,
and second, a file named like that can never sensibly be used for anything
else. I do not think we want to encourage a one-typedef-per-header-file
approach. The upcoming foreign table inheritance patch was doubling down
on this bad idea by moving enum LockClauseStrength into its *own*
can-never-be-used-for-anything-else file. Instead, let's put them both in
a file named nodes/lockoptions.h. (They do seem to need a separate header
file because we need them in both parsenodes.h and plannodes.h, and we
don't want either of those including the other. Past practice might
suggest adding them to nodes/nodes.h, but they don't seem sufficiently
globally useful to justify that.)
Committed separately since there's no functional change here, just some
header-file refactoring.
We can't handle this in the general case due to limitations of the
planner's data representations; but we can allow it in many useful cases,
by being careful to flatten only when we are pulling a single-row subquery
up into a FROM (or, equivalently, inner JOIN) node that will still have at
least one remaining relation child. Per discussion of an example from
Kyotaro Horiguchi.
If we have a semijoin, say
SELECT * FROM x WHERE x1 IN (SELECT y1 FROM y)
and we're estimating the cost of a parameterized indexscan on x, the number
of repetitions of the indexscan should not be taken as the size of y; it'll
really only be the number of distinct values of y1, because the only valid
plan with y on the outside of a nestloop would require y to be unique-ified
before joining it to x. Most of the time this doesn't make that much
difference, but sometimes it can lead to drastically underestimating the
cost of the indexscan and hence choosing a bad plan, as pointed out by
David Kubečka.
Fixing this is a bit difficult because parameterized indexscans are costed
out quite early in the planning process, before we have the information
that would be needed to call estimate_num_groups() and thereby estimate the
number of distinct values of the join column(s). However we can move the
code that extracts a semijoin RHS's unique-ification columns, so that it's
done in initsplan.c rather than on-the-fly in create_unique_path(). That
shouldn't make any difference speed-wise and it's really a bit cleaner too.
The other bit of information we need is the size of the semijoin RHS,
which is easy if it's a single relation (we make those estimates before
considering indexscan costs) but problematic if it's a join relation.
The solution adopted here is just to use the product of the sizes of the
join component rels. That will generally be an overestimate, but since
estimate_num_groups() only uses this input as a clamp, an overestimate
shouldn't hurt us too badly. In any case we don't allow this new logic
to produce a value larger than we would have chosen before, so that at
worst an overestimate leaves us no wiser than we were before.
In the spirit of 890192e99a, this time add support for the things
living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects",
but they show up as such in event triggers.
There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't
look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so
I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in
itself, but that would be material for another commit.)
Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
Since commit 72dd233d3e we were trying to obtain object addressing
information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when
the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work
again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects
now, too.
I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and
using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production,
but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the
specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify
the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found"
which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless
we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require
to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used
by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when
pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now.
Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
While the SQL standard is pretty vague on the overall topic of operator
precedence (because it never presents a unified BNF for all expressions),
it does seem reasonable to conclude from the spec for <boolean value
expression> that OR has the lowest precedence, then AND, then NOT, then IS
tests, then the six standard comparison operators, then everything else
(since any non-boolean operator in a WHERE clause would need to be an
argument of one of these).
We were only sort of on board with that: most notably, while "<" ">" and
"=" had properly low precedence, "<=" ">=" and "<>" were treated as generic
operators and so had significantly higher precedence. And "IS" tests were
even higher precedence than those, which is very clearly wrong per spec.
Another problem was that "foo NOT SOMETHING bar" constructs, such as
"x NOT LIKE y", were treated inconsistently because of a bison
implementation artifact: they had the documented precedence with respect
to operators to their right, but behaved like NOT (i.e., very low priority)
with respect to operators to their left.
Fixing the precedence issues is just a small matter of rearranging the
precedence declarations in gram.y, except for the NOT problem, which
requires adding an additional lookahead case in base_yylex() so that we
can attach a different token precedence to NOT LIKE and allied two-word
operators.
The bulk of this patch is not the bug fix per se, but adding logic to
parse_expr.c to allow giving warnings if an expression has changed meaning
because of these precedence changes. These warnings are off by default
and are enabled by the new GUC operator_precedence_warning. It's believed
that very few applications will be affected by these changes, but it was
agreed that a warning mechanism is essential to help debug any that are.
Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the
various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to
roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause
of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT
PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as
user specifiers in place of an explicit user name.
This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards-
mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail
to work in presence of a role named "current_user".
The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent
handling now.
Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers.
Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera.
Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
Previously, we cached domain constraints for the life of a query, or
really for the life of the FmgrInfo struct that was used to invoke
domain_in() or domain_check(). But plpgsql (and probably other places)
are set up to cache such FmgrInfos for the whole lifespan of a session,
which meant they could be enforcing really stale sets of constraints.
On the other hand, searching pg_constraint once per query gets kind of
expensive too: testing says that as much as half the runtime of a
trivial query such as "SELECT 0::domaintype" went into that.
To fix this, delegate the responsibility for tracking a domain's
constraints to the typcache, which has the infrastructure needed to
detect syscache invalidation events that signal possible changes.
This not only removes unnecessary repeat reads of pg_constraint,
but ensures that we never apply stale constraint data: whatever we
use is the current data according to syscache rules.
Unfortunately, the current configuration of the system catalogs means
we have to flush cached domain-constraint data whenever either pg_type
or pg_constraint changes, which happens rather a lot (eg, creation or
deletion of a temp table will do it). It might be worth rearranging
things to split pg_constraint into two catalogs, of which the domain
constraint one would probably be very low-traffic. That's a job for
another patch though, and in any case this patch should improve matters
materially even with that handicap.
This patch makes use of the recently-added memory context reset callback
feature to manage the lifespan of domain constraint caches, so that we
don't risk deleting a cache that might be in the midst of evaluation.
Although this is a bug fix as well as a performance improvement, no
back-patch. There haven't been many if any field complaints about
stale domain constraint checks, so it doesn't seem worth taking the
risk of modifying data structures as basic as MemoryContexts in back
branches.
Initial experience with this feature suggests that instances of
MemoryContextCallback are likely to propagate into some widely-used headers
over time. As things stood, that would result in pulling memutils.h or
at least memnodes.h into common headers, which does not seem desirable.
Instead, let's decide that this feature is part of the "ordinary palloc
user" API rather than the "specialized context management" API, and as
such should be declared in palloc.h not memutils.h.
This allows cleanup actions to be registered to be called just before a
particular memory context's contents are flushed (either by deletion or
MemoryContextReset). The patch in itself has no use-cases for this, but
several likely reasons for wanting this exist.
In passing, per discussion, rearrange some boolean fields in struct
MemoryContextData so as to avoid wasted padding space. For safety,
this requires making allowInCritSection's existence unconditional;
but I think that's a better approach than what was there anyway.
Use a different A_Expr_Kind for LIKE/ILIKE/SIMILAR TO constructs, so that
they can be distinguished from direct invocation of the underlying
operators. Also, postpone selection of the operator name when transforming
"x IN (select)" to "x = ANY (select)", so that those syntaxes can be told
apart at parse analysis time.
I had originally thought I'd also have to do something special for the
syntaxes IS NOT DISTINCT FROM, IS NOT DOCUMENT, and x NOT IN (SELECT...),
which the grammar translates as though they were NOT (construct).
On reflection though, we can distinguish those cases reliably by noting
whether the parse location shown for the NOT is the same as for its child
node. This only requires tweaking the parse locations for NOT IN, which
I've done here.
These changes should have no effect outside the parser; they're just in
support of being able to give accurate warnings for planned operator
precedence changes.
We did not need a location tag on NullTest or BooleanTest before, because
no error messages referred directly to their locations. That's planned
to change though, so add these fields in a separate housekeeping commit.
Catversion bump because stored rules may change.
transformExpr() has for many years had provisions to do nothing when
applied to an already-transformed expression tree. However, this was
always ugly and of dubious reliability, so we'd be much better off without
it. The primary historical reason for it was that gram.y sometimes
returned multiple links to the same subexpression, which is no longer true
as of my BETWEEN fixes. We'd also grown some lazy hacks in CREATE TABLE
LIKE (failing to distinguish between raw and already-transformed index
specifications) and one or two other places.
This patch removes the need for and support for re-transforming already
transformed expressions. The index case is dealt with by adding a flag
to struct IndexStmt to indicate that it's already been transformed;
which has some benefit anyway in that tablecmds.c can now Assert that
transformation has happened rather than just assuming. The other main
reason was some rather sloppy code for array type coercion, which can
be fixed (and its performance improved too) by refactoring.
I did leave transformJoinUsingClause() still constructing expressions
containing untransformed operator nodes being applied to Vars, so that
transformExpr() still has to allow Var inputs. But that's a much narrower,
and safer, special case than before, since Vars will never appear in a raw
parse tree, and they don't have any substructure to worry about.
In passing fix some oversights in the patch that added CREATE INDEX
IF NOT EXISTS (missing processing of IndexStmt.if_not_exists). These
appear relatively harmless, but still sloppy coding practice.
Previously, gram.y itself converted BETWEEN into AND (or AND/OR) nests of
expression comparisons. This was always as bogus as could be, but fixing
it hasn't risen to the top of the to-do list. The present patch invents an
A_Expr representation for BETWEEN expressions, and does the expansion to
comparison trees in parse_expr.c which is at least a slightly saner place
to be doing semantic conversions. There should be no change in the post-
parse-analysis results.
This does nothing for the semantic issues with BETWEEN (dubious connection
to btree-opclass semantics, and multiple evaluation of possibly volatile
subexpressions) ... but it's a necessary preliminary step before we could
fix any of that. The main immediate benefit is that preserving BETWEEN as
an identifiable raw-parse-tree construct will enable better error messages.
While at it, fix the code so that multiply-referenced subexpressions are
physically duplicated before being passed through transformExpr(). This
gets rid of one of the principal reasons why transformExpr() has
historically had to allow already-processed input.
Replace some bogus "x[1]" declarations with "x[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]".
Aside from being more self-documenting, this should help prevent bogus
warnings from static code analyzers and perhaps compiler misoptimizations.
This patch is just a down payment on eliminating the whole problem, but
it gets rid of a lot of easy-to-fix cases.
Note that the main problem with doing this is that one must no longer rely
on computing sizeof(the containing struct), since the result would be
compiler-dependent. Instead use offsetof(struct, lastfield). Autoconf
also warns against spelling that offsetof(struct, lastfield[0]).
Michael Paquier, review and additional fixes by me.
The previous coding in EXPLAIN always labeled a ModifyTable node with the
name of the target table affected by its first child plan. When originally
written, this was necessarily the parent table of the inheritance tree,
so everything was unconfusing. But when we added NO INHERIT constraints,
it became possible for the parent table to be deleted from the plan by
constraint exclusion while still leaving child tables present. This led to
the ModifyTable plan node being labeled with the first surviving child,
which was deemed confusing. Fix it by retaining the parent table's RT
index in a new field in ModifyTable.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat and myself
This reverts commit 1826987a46.
The overall design was deemed unacceptable, in discussion following the
previous commit message; we might find some parts of it still
salvageable, but I don't want to be on the hook for fixing it, so let's
wait until we have a new patch.
This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to
obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted
by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let
replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers,
where the schema might be different than the server originating the
DROP.
This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address;
that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value.
Catalog version bumped due to the new function.
Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres
Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
The previous representation using a boolean column for each attribute
would not scale as well as we want to add further attributes.
Extra auxilliary functions are added to go along with this change, to
make up for the lost convenience of access of the old representation.
Catalog version bumped due to change in catalogs and the new functions.
Author: Adam Brightwell, minor tweaks by Álvaro
Reviewed by: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera
Apart from enabling comments on domain constraints, this enables a
future project to replicate object dropping to remote servers: with the
current mechanism there's no way to distinguish between the two types of
constraints, so there's no way to know what to drop.
Also added support for the domain constraint comments in psql's \dd and
pg_dump.
Catalog version bumped due to the change in ObjectType enum.
This patch adds a function that replaces a bms_membership() test followed
by a bms_singleton_member() call, performing both the test and the
extraction of a singleton set's member in one scan of the bitmapset.
The performance advantage over the old way is probably minimal in current
usage, but it seems worthwhile on notational grounds anyway.
David Rowley
This patch adds a way of iterating through the members of a bitmapset
nondestructively, unlike the old way with bms_first_member(). While
bms_next_member() is very slightly slower than bms_first_member()
(at least for typical-size bitmapsets), eliminating the need to palloc
and pfree a temporary copy of the target bitmapset is a significant win.
So this method should be preferred in all cases where a temporary copy
would be necessary.
Tom Lane, with suggestions from Dean Rasheed and David Rowley
As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity
pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This
patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to
match the new catalog name.
The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also
pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and
re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY
processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we
finish planning out the query which has been built.
Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries
for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various
places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the
ability to COMMENT on policies.
In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments,
and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of
'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor
of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate.
Happy Thanksgiving!
Make it work more like FDW plans do: instead of assuming that there are
expressions in a CustomScan plan node that the core code doesn't know
about, insist that all subexpressions that need planner attention be in
a "custom_exprs" list in the Plan representation. (Of course, the
custom plugin can break the list apart again at executor initialization.)
This lets us revert the parts of the patch that exposed setrefs.c and
subselect.c processing to the outside world.
Also revert the GetSpecialCustomVar stuff in ruleutils.c; that concept
may work in future, but it's far from fully baked right now.
Instead of register_custom_path_provider and a CreateCustomScanPath
callback, let's just provide a standard function hook in set_rel_pathlist.
This is more flexible than what was previously committed, is more like the
usual conventions for planner hooks, and requires less support code in the
core. We had discussed this design (including centralizing the
set_cheapest() calls) back in March or so, so I'm not sure why it wasn't
done like this already.
There seems no prospect that any of this will ever be useful, and indeed
it's questionable whether some of it would work if it ever got called;
it's certainly not been exercised in a very long time, if ever. So let's
get rid of it, and make the comments about mark/restore in execAmi.c less
wishy-washy.
The mark/restore support for Result nodes is also currently dead code,
but that's due to planner limitations not because it's impossible that
it could be useful. So I left it in.
Get rid of the pernicious entanglement between planner and executor headers
introduced by commit 0b03e5951b.
Also, rearrange the CustomFoo struct/typedef definitions so that all the
typedef names are seen as used by the compiler. Without this pgindent
will mess things up a bit, which is not so important perhaps, but it also
removes a bizarre discrepancy between the declaration arrangement used for
CustomExecMethods and that used for CustomScanMethods and
CustomPathMethods.
Clean up the commentary around ExecSupportsMarkRestore to reflect the
rather large change in its API.
Const-ify register_custom_path_provider's argument. This necessitates
casting away const in the function, but that seems better than forcing
callers of the function to do so (or else not const-ify their method
pointer structs, which was sort of the whole point).
De-export fix_expr_common. I don't like the exporting of fix_scan_expr
or replace_nestloop_params either, but this one surely has got little
excuse.
At one time it wasn't terribly important what column names were associated
with the fields of a composite Datum, but since the introduction of
operations like row_to_json(), it's important that looking up the rowtype
ID embedded in the Datum returns the column names that users would expect.
That did not work terribly well before this patch: you could get the column
names of the underlying table, or column aliases from any level of the
query, depending on minor details of the plan tree. You could even get
totally empty field names, which is disastrous for cases like row_to_json().
To fix this for whole-row Vars, look to the RTE referenced by the Var, and
make sure its column aliases are applied to the rowtype associated with
the result Datums. This is a tad scary because we might have to return
a transient RECORD type even though the Var is declared as having some
named rowtype. In principle it should be all right because the record
type will still be physically compatible with the named rowtype; but
I had to weaken one Assert in ExecEvalConvertRowtype, and there might be
third-party code containing similar assumptions.
Similarly, RowExprs have to be willing to override the column names coming
from a named composite result type and produce a RECORD when the column
aliases visible at the site of the RowExpr differ from the underlying
table's column names.
In passing, revert the decision made in commit 398f70ec07 to add
an alias-list argument to ExecTypeFromExprList: better to provide that
functionality in a separate function. This also reverts most of the code
changes in d685814835, which we don't need because we're no longer
depending on the tupdesc found in the child plan node's result slot to be
blessed.
Back-patch to 9.4, but not earlier, since this solution changes the results
in some cases that users might not have realized were buggy. We'll apply a
more restricted form of this patch in older branches.
This allows extension modules to define their own methods for
scanning a relation, and get the core code to use them. It's
unclear as yet how much use this capability will find, but we
won't find out if we never commit it.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed at various times and in various levels
of detail by Shigeru Hanada, Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Álvaro
Herrera, and myself.
This clause changes the behavior of SELECT locking clauses in the
presence of locked rows: instead of causing a process to block waiting
for the locks held by other processes (or raise an error, with NOWAIT),
SKIP LOCKED makes the new reader skip over such rows. While this is not
appropriate behavior for general purposes, there are some cases in which
it is useful, such as queue-like tables.
Catalog version bumped because this patch changes the representation of
stored rules.
Reviewed by Craig Ringer (based on a previous attempt at an
implementation by Simon Riggs, who also provided input on the syntax
used in the current patch), David Rowley, and Álvaro Herrera.
Author: Thomas Munro
Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the
ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows
which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added
to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are
added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions
defined to check records being added to a table are added to the
with-check options of the query.
New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are
controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled
and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using
ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY.
Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and
must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no
policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny
policy is used and no records will be visible.
By default, row security is applied at all times except for the
table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added
which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row
security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers.
When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an
error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row
security.
Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure
that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will
error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security.
A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to
ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled.
A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the
superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row
security using row_security = OFF.
Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the
design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback.
Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean
Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me.
Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith,
Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
This enables changing permanent (logged) tables to unlogged and
vice-versa.
(Docs for ALTER TABLE / SET TABLESPACE got shuffled in an order that
hopefully makes more sense than the original.)
Author: Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Reviewed by: Christoph Berg, Andres Freund, Thom Brown
Some tweaking by Álvaro Herrera
As 'ALTER TABLESPACE .. MOVE ALL' really didn't change the tablespace
but instead changed objects inside tablespaces, it made sense to
rework the syntax and supporting functions to operate under the
'ALTER (TABLE|INDEX|MATERIALIZED VIEW)' syntax and to be in
tablecmds.c.
Pointed out by Alvaro, who also suggested the new syntax.
Back-patch to 9.4.
This command provides an automated way to create foreign table definitions
that match remote tables, thereby reducing tedium and chances for error.
In this patch, we provide the necessary core-server infrastructure and
implement the feature fully in the postgres_fdw foreign-data wrapper.
Other wrappers will throw a "feature not supported" error until/unless
they are updated.
Ronan Dunklau and Michael Paquier, additional work by me
The assertion failed if WAL_DEBUG or LWLOCK_STATS was enabled; fix that by
using separate memory contexts for the allocations made within those code
blocks.
This patch introduces a mechanism for marking any memory context as allowed
in a critical section. Previously ErrorContext was exempt as a special case.
Instead of a blanket exception of the checkpointer process, only exempt the
memory context used for the pending ops hash table.
ExecMakeTableFunctionResult evaluated the arguments for a function-in-FROM
in the query-lifespan memory context. This is insignificant in simple
cases where the function relation is scanned only once; but if the function
is in a sub-SELECT or is on the inside of a nested loop, any memory
consumed during argument evaluation can add up quickly. (The potential for
trouble here had been foreseen long ago, per existing comments; but we'd
not previously seen a complaint from the field about it.) To fix, create
an additional temporary context just for this purpose.
Per an example from MauMau. Back-patch to all active branches.
This SQL-standard feature allows a sub-SELECT yielding multiple columns
(but only one row) to be used to compute the new values of several columns
to be updated. While the same results can be had with an independent
sub-SELECT per column, such a workaround can require a great deal of
duplicated computation.
The standard actually says that the source for a multi-column assignment
could be any row-valued expression. The implementation used here is
tightly tied to our existing sub-SELECT support and can't handle other
cases; the Bison grammar would have some issues with them too. However,
I don't feel too bad about this since other cases can be converted into
sub-SELECTs. For instance, "SET (a,b,c) = row_valued_function(x)" could
be written "SET (a,b,c) = (SELECT * FROM row_valued_function(x))".
Since most of the system thinks AND and OR are N-argument expressions
anyway, let's have the grammar generate a representation of that form when
dealing with input like "x AND y AND z AND ...", rather than generating
a deeply-nested binary tree that just has to be flattened later by the
planner. This avoids stack overflow in parse analysis when dealing with
queries having more than a few thousand such clauses; and in any case it
removes some rather unsightly inconsistencies, since some parts of parse
analysis were generating N-argument ANDs/ORs already.
It's still possible to get a stack overflow with weirdly parenthesized
input, such as "x AND (y AND (z AND ( ... )))", but such cases are not
mainstream usage. The maximum depth of parenthesization is already
limited by Bison's stack in such cases, anyway, so that the limit is
probably fairly platform-independent.
Patch originally by Gurjeet Singh, heavily revised by me
Views which are marked as security_barrier must have their quals
applied before any user-defined quals are called, to prevent
user-defined functions from being able to see rows which the
security barrier view is intended to prevent them from seeing.
Remove the restriction on security barrier views being automatically
updatable by adding a new securityQuals list to the RTE structure
which keeps track of the quals from security barrier views at each
level, independently of the user-supplied quals. When RTEs are
later discovered which have securityQuals populated, they are turned
into subquery RTEs which are marked as security_barrier to prevent
any user-supplied quals being pushed down (modulo LEAKPROOF quals).
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Craig Ringer, Simon Riggs, KaiGai Kohei
Until now, when executing an aggregate function as a window function
within a window with moving frame start (that is, any frame start mode
except UNBOUNDED PRECEDING), we had to recalculate the aggregate from
scratch each time the frame head moved. This patch allows an aggregate
definition to include an alternate "moving aggregate" implementation
that includes an inverse transition function for removing rows from
the aggregate's running state. As long as this can be done successfully,
runtime is proportional to the total number of input rows, rather than
to the number of input rows times the average frame length.
This commit includes the core infrastructure, documentation, and regression
tests using user-defined aggregates. Follow-on commits will update some
of the built-in aggregates to use this feature.
David Rowley and Florian Pflug, reviewed by Dean Rasheed; additional
hacking by me
For variadic functions (other than VARIADIC ANY), the syntaxes foo(x,y,...)
and foo(VARIADIC ARRAY[x,y,...]) should be considered equivalent, since the
former is converted to the latter at parse time. They have indeed been
equivalent, in all releases before 9.3. However, commit 75b39e790 made an
ill-considered decision to record which syntax had been used in FuncExpr
nodes, and then to make equal() test that in checking node equality ---
which caused the syntaxes to not be seen as equivalent by the planner.
This is the underlying cause of bug #9817 from Dmitry Ryabov.
It might seem that a quick fix would be to make equal() disregard
FuncExpr.funcvariadic, but the same commit made that untenable, because
the field actually *is* semantically significant for some VARIADIC ANY
functions. This patch instead adopts the approach of redefining
funcvariadic (and aggvariadic, in HEAD) as meaning that the last argument
is a variadic array, whether it got that way by parser intervention or was
supplied explicitly by the user. Therefore the value will always be true
for non-ANY variadic functions, restoring the principle of equivalence.
(However, the planner will continue to consider use of VARIADIC as a
meaningful difference for VARIADIC ANY functions, even though some such
functions might disregard it.)
In HEAD, this change lets us simplify the decompilation logic in
ruleutils.c, since the funcvariadic/aggvariadic flag tells directly whether
to print VARIADIC. However, in 9.3 we have to continue to cope with
existing stored rules/views that might contain the previous definition.
Fortunately, this just means no change in ruleutils.c, since its existing
behavior effectively ignores funcvariadic for all cases other than VARIADIC
ANY functions.
In HEAD, bump catversion to reflect the fact that FuncExpr.funcvariadic
changed meanings; this is sort of pro forma, since I don't believe any
built-in views are affected.
Unfortunately, this patch doesn't magically fix everything for affected
9.3 users. After installing 9.3.5, they might need to recreate their
rules/views/indexes containing variadic function calls in order to get
everything consistent with the new definition. As in the cited bug,
the symptom of a problem would be failure to use a nominally matching
index that has a variadic function call in its definition. We'll need
to mention this in the 9.3.5 release notes.
This was already documented a few lines further down, but the comment
just beside the field declaration could be misleading. Per gripe
from Kyotaro Horiguchi.
If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent
activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table
than other parts. At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be
used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a
different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege
escalation attack.
This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger,
transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible
(in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older). In addition,
CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling
convention is changed in older branches. A field has also been added
to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4). Third-party code calling
these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating.
Report by Andres Freund. Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund,
reviewed by Tom Lane.
Security: CVE-2014-0062
Previously we were piggybacking on transaction ID parameters to freeze
multixacts; but since there isn't necessarily any relationship between
rates of Xid and multixact consumption, this turns out not to be a good
idea.
Therefore, we now have multixact-specific freezing parameters:
vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age: when to remove multis as we come across
them in vacuum (default to 5 million, i.e. early in comparison to Xid's
default of 50 million)
vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age: when to force whole-table scans
instead of scanning only the pages marked as not all visible in
visibility map (default to 150 million, same as for Xids). Whichever of
both which reaches the 150 million mark earlier will cause a whole-table
scan.
autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age: when for cause emergency,
uninterruptible whole-table scans (default to 400 million, double as
that for Xids). This means there shouldn't be more frequent emergency
vacuuming than previously, unless multixacts are being used very
rapidly.
Backpatch to 9.3 where multixacts were made to persist enough to require
freezing. To avoid an ABI break in 9.3, VacuumStmt has a couple of
fields in an unnatural place, and StdRdOptions is split in two so that
the newly added fields can go at the end.
Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas, with additional input from Andres
Freund and Tom Lane.
Replication slots are a crash-safe data structure which can be created
on either a master or a standby to prevent premature removal of
write-ahead log segments needed by a standby, as well as (with
hot_standby_feedback=on) pruning of tuples whose removal would cause
replication conflicts. Slots have some advantages over existing
techniques, as explained in the documentation.
In a few places, we refer to the type of replication slots introduced
by this patch as "physical" slots, because forthcoming patches for
logical decoding will also have slots, but with somewhat different
properties.
Andres Freund and Robert Haas
Add the ability to specify the objects to move by who those objects are
owned by (as relowner) and change ALL to mean ALL objects. This
makes the command always operate against a well-defined set of objects
and not have the objects-to-be-moved based on the role of the user
running the command.
Per discussion with Simon and Tom.
Tablespaces have a few options which can be set on them to give PG hints
as to how the tablespace behaves (perhaps it's faster for sequential
scans, or better able to handle random access, etc). These options were
only available through the ALTER TABLESPACE command.
This adds the ability to set these options at CREATE TABLESPACE time,
removing the need to do both a CREATE TABLESPACE and ALTER TABLESPACE to
get the correct options set on the tablespace.
Vik Fearing, reviewed by Michael Paquier.
This adds a 'MOVE' sub-command to ALTER TABLESPACE which allows moving sets of
objects from one tablespace to another. This can be extremely handy and avoids
a lot of error-prone scripting. ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE will only move
objects the user owns, will notify the user if no objects were found, and can
be used to move ALL objects or specific types of objects (TABLES, INDEXES, or
MATERIALIZED VIEWS).
This patch introduces generic support for ordered-set and hypothetical-set
aggregate functions, as well as implementations of the instances defined in
SQL:2008 (percentile_cont(), percentile_disc(), rank(), dense_rank(),
percent_rank(), cume_dist()). We also added mode() though it is not in the
spec, as well as versions of percentile_cont() and percentile_disc() that
can compute multiple percentile values in one pass over the data.
Unlike the original submission, this patch puts full control of the sorting
process in the hands of the aggregate's support functions. To allow the
support functions to find out how they're supposed to sort, a new API
function AggGetAggref() is added to nodeAgg.c. This allows retrieval of
the aggregate call's Aggref node, which may have other uses beyond the
immediate need. There is also support for ordered-set aggregates to
install cleanup callback functions, so that they can be sure that
infrastructure such as tuplesort objects gets cleaned up.
In passing, make some fixes in the recently-added support for variadic
aggregates, and make some editorial adjustments in the recent FILTER
additions for aggregates. Also, simplify use of IsBinaryCoercible() by
allowing it to succeed whenever the target type is ANY or ANYELEMENT.
It was inconsistent that it dealt with other polymorphic target types
but not these.
Atri Sharma and Andrew Gierth; reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Vik Fearing,
and rather heavily editorialized upon by Tom Lane
SQL-standard TABLE() is a subset of UNNEST(); they deal with arrays and
other collection types. This feature, however, deals with set-returning
functions. Use a different syntax for this feature to keep open the
possibility of implementing the standard TABLE().
This patch adds the ability to write TABLE( function1(), function2(), ...)
as a single FROM-clause entry. The result is the concatenation of the
first row from each function, followed by the second row from each
function, etc; with NULLs inserted if any function produces fewer rows than
others. This is believed to be a much more useful behavior than what
Postgres currently does with multiple SRFs in a SELECT list.
This syntax also provides a reasonable way to combine use of column
definition lists with WITH ORDINALITY: put the column definition list
inside TABLE(), where it's clear that it doesn't control the ordinality
column as well.
Also implement SQL-compliant multiple-argument UNNEST(), by turning
UNNEST(a,b,c) into TABLE(unnest(a), unnest(b), unnest(c)).
The SQL standard specifies TABLE() with only a single function, not
multiple functions, and it seems to require an implicit UNNEST() which is
not what this patch does. There may be something wrong with that reading
of the spec, though, because if it's right then the spec's TABLE() is just
a pointless alternative spelling of UNNEST(). After further review of
that, we might choose to adopt a different syntax for what this patch does,
but in any case this functionality seems clearly worthwhile.
Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi and Heikki Linnakangas, and
significantly revised by me
Bug #8591 from Claudio Freire demonstrates that get_eclass_for_sort_expr
must be able to compute valid em_nullable_relids for any new equivalence
class members it creates. I'd worried about this in the commit message
for db9f0e1d9a, but claimed that it wasn't a
problem because multi-member ECs should already exist when it runs. That
is transparently wrong, though, because this function is also called by
initialize_mergeclause_eclasses, which runs during deconstruct_jointree.
The example given in the bug report (which the new regression test item
is based upon) fails because the COALESCE() expression is first seen by
initialize_mergeclause_eclasses rather than process_equivalence.
Fixing this requires passing the appropriate nullable_relids set to
get_eclass_for_sort_expr, and it requires new code to compute that set
for top-level expressions such as ORDER BY, GROUP BY, etc. We store
the top-level nullable_relids in a new field in PlannerInfo to avoid
computing it many times. In the back branches, I've added the new
field at the end of the struct to minimize ABI breakage for planner
plugins. There doesn't seem to be a good alternative to changing
get_eclass_for_sort_expr's API signature, though. There probably aren't
any third-party extensions calling that function directly; moreover,
if there are, they probably need to think about what to pass for
nullable_relids anyway.
Back-patch to 9.2, like the previous patch in this area.
Pending patches for logical replication will use this to determine
which columns of a tuple ought to be considered as its candidate key.
Andres Freund, with minor, mostly cosmetic adjustments by me
DISCARD ALL will now discard cached sequence information, as well.
Fabrízio de Royes Mello, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi, with some
further tweaks by me.
There's no inherent reason why an aggregate function can't be variadic
(even VARIADIC ANY) if its transition function can handle the case.
Indeed, this patch to add the feature touches none of the planner or
executor, and little of the parser; the main missing stuff was DDL and
pg_dump support.
It is true that variadic aggregates can create the same sort of ambiguity
about parameters versus ORDER BY keys that was complained of when we
(briefly) had both one- and two-argument forms of string_agg(). However,
the policy formed in response to that discussion only said that we'd not
create any built-in aggregates with varying numbers of arguments, not that
we shouldn't allow users to do it. So the logical extension of that is
we can allow users to make variadic aggregates as long as we're wary about
shipping any such in core.
In passing, this patch allows aggregate function arguments to be named, to
the extent of remembering the names in pg_proc and dumping them in pg_dump.
You can't yet call an aggregate using named-parameter notation. That seems
like a likely future extension, but it'll take some work, and it's not what
this patch is really about. Likewise, there's still some work needed to
make window functions handle VARIADIC fully, but I left that for another
day.
initdb forced because of new aggvariadic field in Aggref parse nodes.
The planner largely failed to consider the possibility that a
PlaceHolderVar's expression might contain a lateral reference to a Var
coming from somewhere outside the PHV's syntactic scope. We had a previous
report of a problem in this area, which I tried to fix in a quick-hack way
in commit 4da6439bd8, but Antonin Houska
pointed out that there were still some problems, and investigation turned
up other issues. This patch largely reverts that commit in favor of a more
thoroughly thought-through solution. The new theory is that a PHV's
ph_eval_at level cannot be higher than its original syntactic level. If it
contains lateral references, those don't change the ph_eval_at level, but
rather they create a lateral-reference requirement for the ph_eval_at join
relation. The code in joinpath.c needs to handle that.
Another issue is that createplan.c wasn't handling nested PlaceHolderVars
properly.
In passing, push knowledge of lateral-reference checks for join clauses
into join_clause_is_movable_to. This is mainly so that FDWs don't need
to deal with it.
This patch doesn't fix the original join-qual-placement problem reported by
Jeremy Evans (and indeed, one of the new regression test cases shows the
wrong answer because of that). But the PlaceHolderVar problems need to be
fixed before that issue can be addressed, so committing this separately
seems reasonable.
The planner logic that attempted to make a preliminary estimate of the
ph_needed levels for PlaceHolderVars seems to be completely broken by
lateral references. Fortunately, the potential join order optimization
that this code supported seems to be of relatively little value in
practice; so let's just get rid of it rather than trying to fix it.
Getting rid of this allows fairly substantial simplifications in
placeholder.c, too, so planning in such cases should be a bit faster.
Issue noted while pursuing bugs reported by Jeremy Evans and Antonin
Houska, though this doesn't in itself fix either of their reported cases.
What this does do is prevent an Assert crash in the kind of query
illustrated by the added regression test. (I'm not sure that the plan for
that query is stable enough across platforms to be usable as a regression
test output ... but we'll soon find out from the buildfarm.)
Back-patch to 9.3. The problem case can't arise without LATERAL, so
no need to touch older branches.
Use of this function has spread into the parser and rewriter, so it seems
like time to pull it out of the optimizer and put it into the more central
nodeFuncs module. This eliminates the need to #include optimizer/clauses.h
in most of the calling files, demonstrating that this function was indeed a
bit outside the normal code reference patterns.
It's possible to drop a column from an input table of a JOIN clause in a
view, if that column is nowhere actually referenced in the view. But it
will still be there in the JOIN clause's joinaliasvars list. We used to
replace such entries with NULL Const nodes, which is handy for generation
of RowExpr expansion of a whole-row reference to the view. The trouble
with that is that it can't be distinguished from the situation after
subquery pull-up of a constant subquery output expression below the JOIN.
Instead, replace such joinaliasvars with null pointers (empty expression
trees), which can't be confused with pulled-up expressions. expandRTE()
still emits the old convention, though, for convenience of RowExpr
generation and to reduce the risk of breaking extension code.
In HEAD and 9.3, this patch also fixes a problem with some new code in
ruleutils.c that was failing to cope with implicitly-casted joinaliasvars
entries, as per recent report from Feike Steenbergen. That oversight was
because of an inadequate description of the data structure in parsenodes.h,
which I've now corrected. There were some pre-existing oversights of the
same ilk elsewhere, which I believe are now all fixed.
For simple views which are automatically updatable, this patch allows
the user to specify what level of checking should be done on records
being inserted or updated. For 'LOCAL CHECK', new tuples are validated
against the conditionals of the view they are being inserted into, while
for 'CASCADED CHECK' the new tuples are validated against the
conditionals for all views involved (from the top down).
This option is part of the SQL specification.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
This is SQL-standard with a few extensions, namely support for
subqueries and outer references in clause expressions.
catversion bump due to change in Aggref and WindowFunc.
David Fetter, reviewed by Dean Rasheed.
This allows reads to continue without any blocking while a REFRESH
runs. The new data appears atomically as part of transaction
commit.
Review questioned the Assert that a matview was not a system
relation. This will be addressed separately.
Reviewed by Hitoshi Harada, Robert Haas, Andres Freund.
Merged after review with security patch f3ab5d4.
This patch gets rid of the concept of, and infrastructure for,
non-canonical PathKeys; we now only ever create canonical pathkey lists.
The need for non-canonical pathkeys came from the desire to have
grouping_planner initialize query_pathkeys and related pathkey lists before
calling query_planner. However, since query_planner didn't actually *do*
anything with those lists before they'd been made canonical, we can get rid
of the whole mess by just not creating the lists at all until the point
where we formerly canonicalized them.
There are several ways in which we could implement that without making
query_planner itself deal with grouping/sorting features (which are
supposed to be the province of grouping_planner). I chose to add a
callback function to query_planner's API; other alternatives would have
required adding more fields to PlannerInfo, which while not bad in itself
would create an ABI break for planner-related plugins in the 9.2 release
series. This still breaks ABI for anything that calls query_planner
directly, but it seems somewhat unlikely that there are any such plugins.
I had originally conceived of this change as merely a step on the way to
fixing bug #8049 from Teun Hoogendoorn; but it turns out that this fixes
that bug all by itself, as per the added regression test. The reason is
that now get_eclass_for_sort_expr is adding the ORDER BY expression at the
end of EquivalenceClass creation not the start, and so anything that is in
a multi-member EquivalenceClass has already been created with correct
em_nullable_relids. I am suspicious that there are related scenarios in
which we still need to teach get_eclass_for_sort_expr to compute correct
nullable_relids, but am not eager to risk destabilizing either 9.2 or 9.3
to fix bugs that are only hypothetical. So for the moment, do this and
stop here.
Back-patch to 9.2 but not to earlier branches, since they don't exhibit
this bug for lack of join-clause-movement logic that depends on
em_nullable_relids being correct. (We might have to revisit that choice
if any related bugs turn up.) In 9.2, don't change the signature of
make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses nor remove canonicalize_pathkeys, so as
not to risk more plugin breakage than we have to.
Move checking for unscannable matviews into ExecOpenScanRelation, which is
a better place for it first because the open relation is already available
(saving a relcache lookup cycle), and second because this eliminates the
problem of telling the difference between rangetable entries that will or
will not be scanned by the query. In particular we can get rid of the
not-terribly-well-thought-out-or-implemented isResultRel field that the
initial matviews patch added to RangeTblEntry.
Also get rid of entirely unnecessary scannability check in the rewriter,
and a bogus decision about whether RefreshMatViewStmt requires a parse-time
snapshot.
catversion bump due to removal of a RangeTblEntry field, which changes
stored rules.
In most cases, these were just references to the SQL standard in
general. In a few cases, a contrast was made between SQL92 and later
standards -- those have been kept unchanged.
Revert the matview-related changes in explain.c's API, as per recent
complaint from Robert Haas. The reason for these appears to have been
principally some ill-considered choices around having intorel_startup do
what ought to be parse-time checking, plus a poor arrangement for passing
it the view parsetree it needs to store into pg_rewrite when creating a
materialized view. Do the latter by having parse analysis stick a copy
into the IntoClause, instead of doing it at runtime. (On the whole,
I seriously question the choice to represent CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW as a
variant of SELECT INTO/CREATE TABLE AS, because that means injecting even
more complexity into what was already a horrid legacy kluge. However,
I didn't go so far as to rethink that choice ... yet.)
I also moved several error checks into matview parse analysis, and
made the check for external Params in a matview more accurate.
In passing, clean things up a bit more around interpretOidsOption(),
and fix things so that we can use that to force no-oids for views,
sequences, etc, thereby eliminating the need to cons up "oids = false"
options when creating them.
catversion bump due to change in IntoClause. (I wonder though if we
really need readfuncs/outfuncs support for IntoClause anymore.)
This patch adds the core-system infrastructure needed to support updates
on foreign tables, and extends contrib/postgres_fdw to allow updates
against remote Postgres servers. There's still a great deal of room for
improvement in optimization of remote updates, but at least there's basic
functionality there now.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Alexander Korotkov and Laurenz Albe, and rather
heavily revised by Tom Lane.
A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and
other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to
populate the table, references in queries refer to the
materialized data.
This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in
many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements.
It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates
with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining
what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even
be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of
references to underlying tables, but that requires the other
above-mentioned features to be working first.
Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas.
Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja
Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to
implement sepgsql still pending.
This includes backend "COPY TO/FROM PROGRAM '...'" syntax, and corresponding
psql \copy syntax. Like with reading/writing files, the backend version is
superuser-only, and in the psql version, the program is run in the client.
In the passing, the psql \copy STDIN/STDOUT syntax is subtly changed: if you
the stdin/stdout is quoted, it's now interpreted as a filename. For example,
"\copy foo from 'stdin'" now reads from a file called 'stdin', not from
standard input. Before this, there was no way to specify a filename called
stdin, stdout, pstdin or pstdout.
This creates a new function in pgport, wait_result_to_str(), which can
be used to convert the exit status of a process, as returned by wait(3),
to a human-readable string.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Amit Kapila.
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
Originally we didn't bother to mark FuncExprs with any indication whether
VARIADIC had been given in the source text, because there didn't seem to be
any need for it at runtime. However, because we cannot fold a VARIADIC ANY
function's arguments into an array (since they're not necessarily all the
same type), we do actually need that information at runtime if VARIADIC ANY
functions are to respond unsurprisingly to use of the VARIADIC keyword.
Add the missing field, and also fix ruleutils.c so that VARIADIC ANY
function calls are dumped properly.
Extracted from a larger patch that also fixes concat() and format() (the
only two extant VARIADIC ANY functions) to behave properly when VARIADIC is
specified. This portion seems appropriate to review and commit separately.
Pavel Stehule
Historically we've used a couple of very ad-hoc fudge factors to try to
get the right results when indexes of different sizes would satisfy a
query with the same number of index leaf tuples being visited. In
commit 21a39de580 I tweaked one of these
fudge factors, with results that proved disastrous for larger indexes.
Commit bf01e34b55 fudged it some more,
but still with not a lot of principle behind it.
What seems like a better way to address these issues is to explicitly model
index-descent costs, since that's what's really at stake when considering
diferent indexes with similar leaf-page-level costs. We tried that once
long ago, and found that charging random_page_cost per page descended
through was way too much, because upper btree levels tend to stay in cache
in real-world workloads. However, there's still CPU costs to think about,
and the previous fudge factors can be seen as a crude attempt to account
for those costs. So this patch replaces those fudge factors with explicit
charges for the number of tuple comparisons needed to descend the index
tree, plus a small charge per page touched in the descent. The cost
multipliers are chosen so that the resulting charges are in the vicinity of
the historical (pre-9.2) fudge factors for indexes of up to about a million
tuples, while not ballooning unreasonably beyond that, as the old fudge
factor did (even more so in 9.2).
To make this work accurately for btree indexes, add some code that allows
extraction of the known root-page height from a btree. There's no
equivalent number readily available for other index types, but we can use
the log of the number of index pages as an approximate substitute.
This seems like too much of a behavioral change to risk back-patching,
but it should improve matters going forward. In 9.2 I'll just revert
the fudge-factor change.
transformExpr() is required to cope with already-transformed expression
trees, for various ugly-but-not-quite-worth-cleaning-up reasons. However,
some of its newer subroutines hadn't gotten the memo. This accounts for
bug #7763 from Norbert Buchmuller: transformRowExpr() was overwriting the
previously determined type of a RowExpr during CREATE TABLE LIKE INCLUDING
INDEXES. Additional investigation showed that transformXmlExpr had the
same kind of problem, but all the other cases seem to be safe.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Before this patch, streaming replication would refuse to start replicating
if the timeline in the primary doesn't exactly match the standby. The
situation where it doesn't match is when you have a master, and two
standbys, and you promote one of the standbys to become new master.
Promoting bumps up the timeline ID, and after that bump, the other standby
would refuse to continue.
There's significantly more timeline related logic in streaming replication
now. First of all, when a standby connects to primary, it will ask the
primary for any timeline history files that are missing from the standby.
The missing files are sent using a new replication command TIMELINE_HISTORY,
and stored in standby's pg_xlog directory. Using the timeline history files,
the standby can follow the latest timeline present in the primary
(recovery_target_timeline='latest'), just as it can follow new timelines
appearing in an archive directory.
START_REPLICATION now takes a TIMELINE parameter, to specify exactly which
timeline to stream WAL from. This allows the standby to request the primary
to send over WAL that precedes the promotion. The replication protocol is
changed slightly (in a backwards-compatible way although there's little hope
of streaming replication working across major versions anyway), to allow
replication to stop when the end of timeline reached, putting the walsender
back into accepting a replication command.
Many thanks to Amit Kapila for testing and reviewing various versions of
this patch.
There are probably other places where this can be used, but for now,
this just makes MergeAppend use it, so that this code will have test
coverage. There is other work in the queue that will use this, as
well.
Abhijit Menon-Sen, reviewed by Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Álvaro
Herrera, Tom Lane, and others.
This case got broken in 8.4 by the addition of an error check that
complains if ALTER TABLE ONLY is used on a table that has children.
We do use ONLY for this situation, but it's okay because the necessary
recursion occurs at a higher level. So we need to have a separate
flag to suppress recursion without making the error check.
Reported and patched by Pavan Deolasee, with some editorial adjustments by
me. Back-patch to 8.4, since this is a regression of functionality that
worked in earlier branches.
If a potential equivalence clause references a variable from the nullable
side of an outer join, the planner needs to take care that derived clauses
are not pushed to below the outer join; else they may use the wrong value
for the variable. (The problem arises only with non-strict clauses, since
if an upper clause can be proven strict then the outer join will get
simplified to a plain join.) The planner attempted to prevent this type
of error by checking that potential equivalence clauses aren't
outerjoin-delayed as a whole, but actually we have to check each side
separately, since the two sides of the clause will get moved around
separately if it's treated as an equivalence. Bugs of this type can be
demonstrated as far back as 7.4, even though releases before 8.3 had only
a very ad-hoc notion of equivalence clauses.
In addition, we neglected to account for the possibility that such clauses
might have nonempty nullable_relids even when not outerjoin-delayed; so the
equivalence-class machinery lacked logic to compute correct nullable_relids
values for clauses it constructs. This oversight was harmless before 9.2
because we were only using RestrictInfo.nullable_relids for OR clauses;
but as of 9.2 it could result in pushing constructed equivalence clauses
to incorrect places. (This accounts for bug #7604 from Bill MacArthur.)
Fix the first problem by adding a new test check_equivalence_delay() in
distribute_qual_to_rels, and fix the second one by adding code in
equivclass.c and called functions to set correct nullable_relids for
generated clauses. Although I believe the second part of this is not
currently necessary before 9.2, I chose to back-patch it anyway, partly to
keep the logic similar across branches and partly because it seems possible
we might find other reasons why we need valid values of nullable_relids in
the older branches.
Add regression tests illustrating these problems. In 9.0 and up, also
add test cases checking that we can push constants through outer joins,
since we've broken that optimization before and I nearly broke it again
with an overly simplistic patch for this problem.
This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts
as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where
there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument
cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass
machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as
equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly
cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar
bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this
problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it.
Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid
previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions
with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of
COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in
back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code
referring to it.)
Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this
has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan
choices in long-since-stable branches.
The former name was too likely to conflict with symbols from external
headers; and, as seen in recent buildfarm failures in member spoonbill,
it has now happened at least in plpython.
We already had those, but they forced modules to spell out the function
bodies twice. Eliminate some duplicates we had already grown.
Extracted from a somewhat larger patch from Andres Freund.
Per discussion, schema-element subcommands are not allowed together with
this option, since it's not very obvious what should happen to the element
objects.
Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Remove duplicate implementation of catalog munging and miscellaneous
privilege and consistency checks. Instead rely on already existing data
in objectaddress.c to do the work.
Author: KaiGai Kohei
Tweaked by me
Reviewed by Robert Haas
Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging
independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the
existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object
type to support this operation.
Author: KaiGai Kohei
Tweaks by me
Reviewed by Robert Haas
Produce a NOTICE when the label already exists, for consistency with other
CREATE IF NOT EXISTS commands. Also, fix the code so it produces something
more user-friendly than an index violation when the label already exists.
This not incidentally enables making a regression test that the previous
patch didn't make for fear of exposing an unpredictable OID in the results.
Also some wordsmithing on the documentation.
If the label is already in the enum the statement becomes a no-op.
This will reduce the pain that comes from our not allowing this
operation inside a transaction block.
Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Tom Lane and Magnus Hagander.
The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute
query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime
PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in
different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of
CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can
be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan
of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with
use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards
by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan
parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added
regression test.
To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that
items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated.
This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC
slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters.
Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery
outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number,
and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is
simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct.
Per report from Vik Reykja.
These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but
I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
We can detect whether the planner top level is going to care at all about
cheap startup cost (it will only do so if query_planner's tuple_fraction
argument is greater than zero). If it isn't, we might as well discard
paths immediately whose only advantage over others is cheap startup cost.
This turns out to get rid of quite a lot of paths in complex queries ---
I saw planner runtime reduction of more than a third on one large query.
Since add_path isn't currently passed the PlannerInfo "root", the easiest
way to tell it whether to do this was to add a bool flag to RelOptInfo.
That's a bit redundant, since all relations in a given query level will
have the same setting. But in the future it's possible that we'd refine
the control decision to work on a per-relation basis, so this seems like
a good arrangement anyway.
Per my suggestion of a few months ago.
In the initial cut at LATERAL, I kept the rule that cheapest_total_path
was always unparameterized, which meant it had to be NULL if the relation
has no unparameterized paths. It turns out to work much more nicely if
we always have *some* path nominated as cheapest-total for each relation.
In particular, let's still say it's the cheapest unparameterized path if
there is one; if not, take the cheapest-total-cost path among those of
the minimum available parameterization. (The first rule is actually
a special case of the second.)
This allows reversion of some temporary lobotomizations I'd put in place.
In particular, the planner can now consider hash and merge joins for
joins below a parameter-supplying nestloop, even if there aren't any
unparameterized paths available. This should bring planning of
LATERAL-containing queries to the same level as queries not using that
feature.
Along the way, simplify management of parameterized paths in add_path()
and friends. In the original coding for parameterized paths in 9.2,
I tried to minimize the logic changes in add_path(), so it just treated
parameterization as yet another dimension of comparison for paths.
We later made it ignore pathkeys (sort ordering) of parameterized paths,
on the grounds that ordering isn't a useful property for the path on the
inside of a nestloop, so we might as well get rid of useless parameterized
paths as quickly as possible. But we didn't take that reasoning as far as
we should have. Startup cost isn't a useful property inside a nestloop
either, so add_path() ought to discount startup cost of parameterized paths
as well. Having done that, the secondary sorting I'd implemented (in
add_parameterized_path) is no longer needed --- any parameterized path that
survives add_path() at all is worth considering at higher levels. So this
should be a bit faster as well as simpler.
This patch takes care of a number of problems having to do with failure
to choose valid join orders and incorrect handling of lateral references
pulled up from subqueries. Notable changes:
* Add a LateralJoinInfo data structure similar to SpecialJoinInfo, to
represent join ordering constraints created by lateral references.
(I first considered extending the SpecialJoinInfo structure, but the
semantics are different enough that a separate data structure seems
better.) Extend join_is_legal() and related functions to prevent trying
to form unworkable joins, and to ensure that we will consider joins that
satisfy lateral references even if the joins would be clauseless.
* Fill in the infrastructure needed for the last few types of relation scan
paths to support parameterization. We'd have wanted this eventually
anyway, but it is necessary now because a relation that gets pulled up out
of a UNION ALL subquery may acquire a reltargetlist containing lateral
references, meaning that its paths *have* to be parameterized whether or
not we have any code that can push join quals down into the scan.
* Compute data about lateral references early in query_planner(), and save
in RelOptInfo nodes, to avoid repetitive calculations later.
* Assorted corner-case bug fixes.
There's probably still some bugs left, but this is a lot closer to being
real than it was before.
This patch implements the standard syntax of LATERAL attached to a
sub-SELECT in FROM, and also allows LATERAL attached to a function in FROM,
since set-returning function calls are expected to be one of the principal
use-cases.
The main change here is a rewrite of the mechanism for keeping track of
which relations are visible for column references while the FROM clause is
being scanned. The parser "namespace" lists are no longer lists of bare
RTEs, but are lists of ParseNamespaceItem structs, which carry an RTE
pointer as well as some visibility-controlling flags. Aside from
supporting LATERAL correctly, this lets us get rid of the ancient hacks
that required rechecking subqueries and JOIN/ON and function-in-FROM
expressions for invalid references after they were initially parsed.
Invalid column references are now always correctly detected on sight.
In passing, remove assorted parser error checks that are now dead code by
virtue of our having gotten rid of add_missing_from, as well as some
comments that are obsolete for the same reason. (It was mainly
add_missing_from that caused so much fudging here in the first place.)
The planner support for this feature is very minimal, and will be improved
in future patches. It works well enough for testing purposes, though.
catversion bump forced due to new field in RangeTblEntry.
Parse analysis neglected to cover the case of a WITH clause attached to an
intermediate-level set operation; it only handled WITH at the top level
or WITH attached to a leaf-level SELECT. Per report from Adam Mackler.
In HEAD, I rearranged the order of SelectStmt's fields to put withClause
with the other fields that can appear on non-leaf SelectStmts. In back
branches, leave it alone to avoid a possible ABI break for third-party
code.
Back-patch to 8.4 where WITH support was added.
When a whole-row Var is reading the result of a subquery, we need it to
ignore any "resjunk" columns that the subquery might have evaluated for
GROUP BY or ORDER BY purposes. We've hacked this area before, in commit
68e40998d0, but that fix only covered
whole-row Vars of named composite types, not those of RECORD type; and it
was mighty klugy anyway, since it just assumed without checking that any
extra columns in the result must be resjunk. A proper fix requires getting
hold of the subquery's targetlist so we can actually see which columns are
resjunk (whereupon we can use a JunkFilter to get rid of them). So bite
the bullet and add some infrastructure to make that possible.
Per report from Andrew Dunstan and additional testing by Merlin Moncure.
Back-patch to all supported branches. In 8.3, also back-patch commit
292176a118, which for some reason I had
not done at the time, but it's a prerequisite for this change.
Commit 3855968f32 added syntax, pg_dump,
psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire.
With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility
overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information
about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and
there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very
beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing,
and a good building block for future work.
Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since
testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one.
Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a
follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place,
including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT,
SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER;
pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated
initial feature set.
Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me.
Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set,
but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it
turns out.
Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE
had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an
explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the
name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as
shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't
take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name.
To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be
assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE
INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index
names in any situation.
I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt
as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long
parameter list.
Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change
IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back
to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given
the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
Repeated execution of an uncorrelated ARRAY_SUBLINK sub-select (which
I think can only happen if the sub-select is embedded in a larger,
correlated subquery) would leak memory for the duration of the query,
due to not reclaiming the array generated in the previous execution.
Per bug #6698 from Armando Miraglia. Diagnosis and fix idea by Heikki,
patch itself by me.
This has been like this all along, so back-patch to all supported versions.
Previously we followed the SQL92 wording, "MATCH <unspecified>", but since
SQL99 there's been a less awkward way to refer to the default style.
In addition to the code changes, pg_constraint.confmatchtype now stores
this match style as 's' (SIMPLE) rather than 'u' (UNSPECIFIED). This
doesn't affect pg_dump or psql because they use pg_get_constraintdef()
to reconstruct foreign key definitions. But other client-side code might
examine that column directly, so this change will have to be marked as
an incompatibility in the 9.3 release notes.
The original syntax wasn't universally loved, and it didn't allow its
usage in CREATE TABLE, only ALTER TABLE. It now works everywhere, and
it also allows using ALTER TABLE ONLY to add an uninherited CHECK
constraint, per discussion.
The pg_constraint column has accordingly been renamed connoinherit.
This commit partly reverts some of the changes in
61d81bd28d, particularly some pg_dump and
psql bits, because now pg_get_constraintdef includes the necessary NO
INHERIT within the constraint definition.
Author: Nikhil Sontakke
Some tweaks by me
This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths
with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the
same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount
estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too.
Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without
a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different
parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to
true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized
path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply.
In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates
along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that
don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with
add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more
expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer
rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered.
To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any
parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from
the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for
indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good
thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the
lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original
rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build
a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved.
The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about
which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right
requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
Add a queryId field to Query and PlannedStmt. This is not used by the
core backend, except for being copied around at appropriate times.
It's meant to allow plug-ins to track a particular query forward from
parse analysis to execution.
The queryId is intentionally not dumped into stored rules (and hence this
commit doesn't bump catversion). You could argue that choice either way,
but it seems better that stored rule strings not have any dependency
on plug-ins that might or might not be present.
Also, add a post_parse_analyze_hook that gets invoked at the end of
parse analysis (but only for top-level analysis of complete queries,
not cases such as analyzing a domain's default-value expression).
This is mainly meant to be used to compute and assign a queryId,
but it could have other applications.
Peter Geoghegan
For some reason, in the original coding of the PlaceHolderVar mechanism
I had supposed that PlaceHolderVars couldn't propagate into subqueries.
That is of course entirely possible. When it happens, we need to treat
an outer-level PlaceHolderVar much like an outer Var or Aggref, that is
SS_replace_correlation_vars() needs to replace the PlaceHolderVar with
a Param, and then when building the finished SubPlan we have to provide
the PlaceHolderVar expression as an actual parameter for the SubPlan.
The handling of the contained expression is a bit delicate but it can be
treated exactly like an Aggref's expression.
In addition to the missing logic in subselect.c, prepjointree.c was failing
to search subqueries for PlaceHolderVars that need their relids adjusted
during subquery pullup. It looks like everyplace else that touches
PlaceHolderVars got it right, though.
Per report from Mark Murawski. In 9.1 and HEAD, queries affected by this
oversight would fail with "ERROR: Upper-level PlaceHolderVar found where
not expected". But in 9.0 and 8.4, you'd silently get possibly-wrong
answers, since the value transmitted into the subquery wouldn't go to null
when it should.
Fix loss of previous expression-simplification work when a transform
function fires: we must not simply revert to untransformed input tree.
Instead build a dummy FuncExpr node to pass to the transform function.
This has the additional advantage of providing a simpler, more uniform
API for transform functions.
Move documentation to a somewhat less buried spot, relocate some
poorly-placed code, be more wary of null constants and invalid typmod
values, add an opr_sanity check on protransform function signatures,
and some other minor cosmetic adjustments.
Note: although this patch touches pg_proc.h, no need for catversion
bump, because the changes are cosmetic and don't actually change the
intended catalog contents.
Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good
idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command
triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as
SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of
places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated
than one might at first expect.
In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS
subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code
that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses
ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment.
Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO,
which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted.
The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE.
The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the
rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"),
so we'll not bother with that one.
Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of
"SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn",
but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
In commit 57664ed25e I tried to fix a bug
reported by Teodor Sigaev by making non-simple-Var output columns distinct
(by wrapping their expressions with dummy PlaceHolderVar nodes). This did
not work too well. Commit b28ffd0fcc fixed
some ensuing problems with matching to child indexes, but per a recent
report from Claus Stadler, constraint exclusion of UNION ALL subqueries was
still broken, because constant-simplification didn't handle the injected
PlaceHolderVars well either. On reflection, the original patch was quite
misguided: there is no reason to expect that EquivalenceClass child members
will be distinct. So instead of trying to make them so, we should ensure
that we can cope with the situation when they're not.
Accordingly, this patch reverts the code changes in the above-mentioned
commits (though the regression test cases they added stay). Instead, I've
added assorted defenses to make sure that duplicate EC child members don't
cause any problems. Teodor's original problem ("MergeAppend child's
targetlist doesn't match MergeAppend") is addressed more directly by
revising prepare_sort_from_pathkeys to let the parent MergeAppend's sort
list guide creation of each child's sort list.
In passing, get rid of add_sort_column; as far as I can tell, testing for
duplicate sort keys at this stage is dead code. Certainly it doesn't
trigger often enough to be worth expending cycles on in ordinary queries.
And keeping the test would've greatly complicated the new logic in
prepare_sort_from_pathkeys, because comparing pathkey list entries against
a previous output array requires that we not skip any entries in the list.
Back-patch to 9.1, like the previous patches. The only known issue in
this area that wasn't caused by the ill-advised previous patches was the
MergeAppend planning failure, which of course is not relevant before 9.1.
It's possible that we need some of the new defenses against duplicate child
EC entries in older branches, but until there's some clear evidence of that
I'm going to refrain from back-patching further.
Further reflection shows that a single callback isn't very workable if we
desire to let FDWs generate multiple Paths, because that forces the FDW to
do all work necessary to generate a valid Plan node for each Path. Instead
split the former PlanForeignScan API into three steps: GetForeignRelSize,
GetForeignPaths, GetForeignPlan. We had already bit the bullet of breaking
the 9.1 FDW API for 9.2, so this shouldn't cause very much additional pain,
and it's substantially more flexible for complex FDWs.
Add an fdw_private field to RelOptInfo so that the new functions can save
state there rather than possibly having to recalculate information two or
three times.
In addition, we'd not thought through what would be needed to allow an FDW
to set up subexpressions of its choice for runtime execution. We could
treat ForeignScan.fdw_private as an executable expression but that seems
likely to break existing FDWs unnecessarily (in particular, it would
restrict the set of node types allowable in fdw_private to those supported
by expression_tree_walker). Instead, invent a separate field fdw_exprs
which will receive the postprocessing appropriate for expression trees.
(One field is enough since it can be a list of expressions; also, we assume
the corresponding expression state tree(s) will be held within fdw_state,
so we don't need to add anything to ForeignScanState.)
Per review of Hanada Shigeru's pgsql_fdw patch. We may need to tweak this
further as we continue to work on that patch, but to me it feels a lot
closer to being right now.
The original API specification only allowed an FDW to create a single
access path, which doesn't seem like a terribly good idea in hindsight.
Instead, move the responsibility for building the Path node and calling
add_path() into the FDW's PlanForeignScan function. Now, it can do that
more than once if appropriate. There is no longer any need for the
transient FdwPlan struct, so get rid of that.
Etsuro Fujita, Shigeru Hanada, Tom Lane
We already skip rewriting the table in these cases, but we still force a
whole table scan to validate the data. This can be skipped, and thus
we can make the whole ALTER TABLE operation just do some catalog touches
instead of scanning the table, when these two conditions hold:
(a) Old and new pg_constraint.conpfeqop match exactly. This is actually
stronger than needed; we could loosen things by way of operator
families, but it'd require a lot more effort.
(b) The functions, if any, implementing a cast from the foreign type to
the primary opcintype are the same. For this purpose, we can consider a
binary coercion equivalent to an exact type match. When the opcintype
is polymorphic, require that the old and new foreign types match
exactly. (Since ri_triggers.c does use the executor, the stronger check
for polymorphic types is no mere future-proofing. However, no core type
exercises its necessity.)
Author: Noah Misch
Committer's note: catalog version bumped due to change of the Constraint
node. I can't actually find any way to have such a node in a stored
rule, but given that we have "out" support for them, better be safe.
The hstore and json datatypes both have record-conversion functions that
pay attention to column names in the composite values they're handed.
We used to not worry about inserting correct field names into tuple
descriptors generated at runtime, but given these examples it seems
useful to do so. Observe the nicer-looking results in the regression
tests whose results changed.
catversion bump because there is a subtle change in requirements for stored
rule parsetrees: RowExprs from ROW() constructs now have to include field
names.
Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane
This patch fixes the planner so that it can generate nestloop-with-
inner-indexscan plans even with one or more levels of joining between
the indexscan and the nestloop join that is supplying the parameter.
The executor was fixed to handle such cases some time ago, but the
planner was not ready. This should improve our plans in many situations
where join ordering restrictions formerly forced complete table scans.
There is probably a fair amount of tuning work yet to be done, because
of various heuristics that have been added to limit the number of
parameterized paths considered. However, we are not going to find out
what needs to be adjusted until the code gets some real-world use, so
it's time to get it in there where it can be tested easily.
Note API change for index AM amcostestimate functions. I'm not aware of
any non-core index AMs, but if there are any, they will need minor
adjustments.
The original implementation of this interpreted it as a kind of
"inheritance" facility and named all the internal structures
accordingly. This turned out to be very confusing, because it has
nothing to do with the INHERITS feature. So rename all the internal
parser infrastructure, update the comments, adjust the error messages,
and split up the regression tests.
ALTER DOMAIN / DROP CONSTRAINT on a nonexistent constraint name did
not report any error. Now it reports an error. The IF EXISTS option
was added to get the usual behavior of ignoring nonexistent objects to
drop.
In commit e2c2c2e8b1 I made use of nested
list structures to show which clauses went with which index columns, but
on reflection that's a data structure that only an old-line Lisp hacker
could love. Worse, it adds unnecessary complication to the many places
that don't much care which clauses go with which index columns. Revert
to the previous arrangement of flat lists of clauses, and instead add a
parallel integer list of column numbers. The places that care about the
pairing can chase both lists with forboth(), while the places that don't
care just examine one list the same as before.
The only real downside to this is that there are now two more lists that
need to be passed to amcostestimate functions in case they care about
column matching (which btcostestimate does, so not passing the info is not
an option). Rather than deal with 11-argument amcostestimate functions,
pass just the IndexPath and expect the functions to extract fields from it.
That gets us down to 7 arguments which is better than 11, and it seems
more future-proof against likely additions to the information we keep
about an index path.
It's potentially useful for an index to repeat the same indexable column
or expression in multiple index columns, if the columns have different
opclasses. (If they share opclasses too, the duplicate column is pretty
useless, but nonetheless we've allowed such cases since 9.0.) However,
the planner failed to cope with this, because createplan.c was relying on
simple equal() matching to figure out which index column each index qual
is intended for. We do have that information available upstream in
indxpath.c, though, so the fix is to not flatten the multi-level indexquals
list when putting it into an IndexPath. Then we can rely on the sublist
structure to identify target index columns in createplan.c. There's a
similar issue for index ORDER BYs (the KNNGIST feature), so introduce a
multi-level-list representation for that too. This adds a bit more
representational overhead, but we might more or less buy that back by not
having to search for matching index columns anymore in createplan.c;
likewise btcostestimate saves some cycles.
Per bug #6351 from Christian Rudolph. Likely symptoms include the "btree
index keys must be ordered by attribute" failure shown there, as well as
"operator MMMM is not a member of opfamily NNNN".
Although this is a pre-existing problem that can be demonstrated in 9.0 and
9.1, I'm not going to back-patch it, because the API changes in the planner
seem likely to break things such as index plugins. The corner cases where
this matters seem too narrow to justify possibly breaking things in a minor
release.
When a view is marked as a security barrier, it will not be pulled up
into the containing query, and no quals will be pushed down into it,
so that no function or operator chosen by the user can be applied to
rows not exposed by the view. Views not configured with this
option cannot provide robust row-level security, but will perform far
better.
Patch by KaiGai Kohei; original problem report by Heikki Linnakangas
(in October 2009!). Review (in earlier versions) by Noah Misch and
others. Design advice by Tom Lane and myself. Further review and
cleanup by me.
This adds support for the more or less SQL-conforming USAGE privilege
on types and domains. The intent is to be able restrict which users
can create dependencies on types, which restricts the way in which
owners can alter types.
reviewed by Yeb Havinga
The need for this was debated when we put in the index-only-scan feature,
but at the time we had no near-term expectation of having AMs that could
support such scans for only some indexes; so we kept it simple. However,
the SP-GiST AM forces the issue, so let's fix it.
This patch only installs the new API; no behavior actually changes.
This patch creates an API whereby a btree index opclass can optionally
provide non-SQL-callable support functions for sorting. In the initial
patch, we only use this to provide a directly-callable comparator function,
which can be invoked with a bit less overhead than the traditional
SQL-callable comparator. While that should be of value in itself, the real
reason for doing this is to provide a datatype-extensible framework for
more aggressive optimizations, as in Peter Geoghegan's recent work.
Robert Haas and Tom Lane
The EvalPlanQual machinery assumes that whole-row Vars generated for the
outputs of non-table RTEs will be of composite types. However, for the
case where the RTE is a function call returning a scalar type, we were
doing the wrong thing, as a result of sharing code with a parser case
where the function's scalar output is wanted. (Or at least, that's what
that case has done historically; it does seem a bit inconsistent.)
To fix, extend makeWholeRowVar's API so that it can support both use-cases.
This fixes Belinda Cussen's report of crashes during concurrent execution
of UPDATEs involving joins to the result of UNNEST() --- in READ COMMITTED
mode, we'd run the EvalPlanQual machinery after a conflicting row update
commits, and it was expecting to get a HeapTuple not a scalar datum from
the "wholerowN" variable referencing the function RTE.
Back-patch to 9.0 where the current EvalPlanQual implementation appeared.
In 9.1 and up, this patch also fixes failure to attach the correct
collation to the Var generated for a scalar-result case. An example:
regression=# select upper(x.*) from textcat('ab', 'cd') x;
ERROR: could not determine which collation to use for upper() function
The WITH [NO] DATA option was not supported, nor the ability to specify
replacement column names; the former limitation wasn't even documented, as
per recent complaint from Naoya Anzai. Fix by moving the responsibility
for supporting these options into the executor. It actually takes less
code this way ...
catversion bump due to change in representation of IntoClause, which might
affect stored rules.
This gets rid of an impressive amount of duplicative code, with only
minimal behavior changes. DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER now requires object
ownership rather than superuser privileges, matching the documentation
we already have. We also eliminate the historical warning about dropping
a built-in function as unuseful. All operations are now performed in the
same order for all object types handled by dropcmds.c.
KaiGai Kohei, with minor revisions by me
If we use a PlaceHolderVar from the outer relation in an inner indexscan,
we need to reference the PlaceHolderVar as such as the value to be passed
in from the outer relation. The previous code effectively tried to
reconstruct the PHV from its component expression, which doesn't work since
(a) the Vars therein aren't necessarily bubbled up far enough, and (b) it
would be the wrong semantics anyway because of the possibility that the PHV
is supposed to have gone to null at some point before the current join.
Point (a) led to "variable not found in subplan target list" planner
errors, but point (b) would have led to silently wrong answers.
Per report from Roger Niederland.
The uniqueness condition might fail to hold intra-transaction, and assuming
it does can give incorrect query results. Per report from Marti Raudsepp,
though this is not his proposed patch.
Back-patch to 9.0, where both these features were introduced. In the
released branches, add the new IndexOptInfo field to the end of the struct,
to try to minimize ABI breakage for third-party code that may be examining
that struct.
Add a column pg_class.relallvisible to remember the number of pages that
were all-visible according to the visibility map as of the last VACUUM
(or ANALYZE, or some other operations that update pg_class.relpages).
Use relallvisible/relpages, instead of an arbitrary constant, to estimate
how many heap page fetches can be avoided during an index-only scan.
This is pretty primitive and will no doubt see refinements once we've
acquired more field experience with the index-only scan mechanism, but
it's way better than using a constant.
Note: I had to adjust an underspecified query in the window.sql regression
test, because it was changing answers when the plan changed to use an
index-only scan. Some of the adjacent tests perhaps should be adjusted
as well, but I didn't do that here.
This commit changes index-only scans so that data is read directly from the
index tuple without first generating a faux heap tuple. The only immediate
benefit is that indexes on system columns (such as OID) can be used in
index-only scans, but this is necessary infrastructure if we are ever to
support index-only scans on expression indexes. The executor is now ready
for that, though the planner still needs substantial work to recognize
the possibility.
To do this, Vars in index-only plan nodes have to refer to index columns
not heap columns. I introduced a new special varno, INDEX_VAR, to mark
such Vars to avoid confusion. (In passing, this commit renames the two
existing special varnos to OUTER_VAR and INNER_VAR.) This allows
ruleutils.c to handle them with logic similar to what we use for subplan
reference Vars.
Since index-only scans are now fundamentally different from regular
indexscans so far as their expression subtrees are concerned, I also chose
to change them to have their own plan node type (and hence, their own
executor source file).
When a btree index contains all columns required by the query, and the
visibility map shows that all tuples on a target heap page are
visible-to-all, we don't need to fetch that heap page. This patch depends
on the previous patches that made the visibility map reliable.
There's a fair amount left to do here, notably trying to figure out a less
chintzy way of estimating the cost of an index-only scan, but the core
functionality seems ready to commit.
Robert Haas and Ibrar Ahmed, with some previous work by Heikki Linnakangas.
This provides information about the numbers of tuples that were visited
but not returned by table scans, as well as the numbers of join tuples
that were considered and discarded within a join plan node.
There is still some discussion going on about the best way to report counts
for outer-join situations, but I think most of what's in the patch would
not change if we revise that, so I'm going to go ahead and commit it as-is.
Documentation changes to follow (they weren't in the submitted patch
either).
Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by Marc Cousin, somewhat revised by Tom
Rewrite plancache.c so that a "cached plan" (which is rather a misnomer
at this point) can support generation of custom, parameter-value-dependent
plans, and can make an intelligent choice between using custom plans and
the traditional generic-plan approach. The specific choice algorithm
implemented here can probably be improved in future, but this commit is
all about getting the mechanism in place, not the policy.
In addition, restructure the API to greatly reduce the amount of extraneous
data copying needed. The main compromise needed to make that possible was
to split the initial creation of a CachedPlanSource into two steps. It's
worth noting in particular that SPI_saveplan is now deprecated in favor of
SPI_keepplan, which accomplishes the same end result with zero data
copying, and no need to then spend even more cycles throwing away the
original SPIPlan. The risk of long-term memory leaks while manipulating
SPIPlans has also been greatly reduced. Most of this improvement is based
on use of the recently-added MemoryContextSetParent primitive.
This addresses only those cases that are easy to fix by adding or
moving a const qualifier or removing an unnecessary cast. There are
many more complicated cases remaining.
Formerly, set_subquery_pathlist and other creators of plans for subqueries
saved only the rangetable and rowMarks lists from the lower-level
PlannerInfo. But there's no reason not to remember the whole PlannerInfo,
and indeed this turns out to simplify matters in a number of places.
The immediate reason for doing this was so that the subroot will still be
accessible when we're trying to extract column statistics out of an
already-planned subquery. But now that I've done it, it seems like a good
code-beautification effort in its own right.
I also chose to get rid of the transient subrtable and subrowmark fields in
SubqueryScan nodes, in favor of having setrefs.c look up the subquery's
RelOptInfo. That required changing all the APIs in setrefs.c to pass
PlannerInfo not PlannerGlobal, which was a large but quite mechanical
transformation.
One side-effect not foreseen at the beginning is that this finally broke
inheritance_planner's assumption that replanning the same subquery RTE N
times would necessarily give interchangeable results each time. That
assumption was always pretty risky, but now we really have to make a
separate RTE for each instance so that there's a place to carry the
separate subroots.
Due to tuple-slot mismanagement, evaluation of WHEN conditions for AFTER
ROW UPDATE triggers could crash if there had been a BEFORE ROW trigger
fired for the same update. Fix by not trying to overload the use of
estate->es_trig_tuple_slot. Per report from Yoran Heling.
Back-patch to 9.0, when trigger WHEN conditions were introduced.
This requires adjusting the API for syscache callback functions: they now
get a hash value, not a TID, to identify the target tuple. Most of them
weren't paying any attention to that argument anyway, but plancache did
require a small amount of fixing.
Also, improve performance a trifle by avoiding sending duplicate inval
messages when a heap_update isn't changing the catcache lookup columns.
Somebody thought it'd be cute to invent a set of Node tag numbers that were
defined independently of, and indeed conflicting with, the main tag-number
list. While this accidentally failed to fail so far, it would certainly
lead to trouble as soon as anyone wanted to, say, apply copyObject to these
node types. Clang was already complaining about the use of makeNode on
these tags, and I think quite rightly so. Fix by pushing these node
definitions into the mainstream, including putting replnodes.h where it
belongs.
This means that they can initially be added to a large existing table
without checking its initial contents, but new tuples must comply to
them; a separate pass invoked by ALTER TABLE / VALIDATE can verify
existing data and ensure it complies with the constraint, at which point
it is marked validated and becomes a normal part of the table ecosystem.
An non-validated CHECK constraint is ignored in the planner for
constraint_exclusion purposes; when validated, cached plans are
recomputed so that partitioning starts working right away.
This patch also enables domains to have unvalidated CHECK constraints
attached to them as well by way of ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT / NOT
VALID, which can later be validated with ALTER DOMAIN / VALIDATE
CONSTRAINT.
Thanks to Thom Brown, Dean Rasheed and Jaime Casanova for the various
reviews, and Robert Hass for documentation wording improvement
suggestions.
This patch was sponsored by Enova Financial.
The initial commit of the ALTER TABLE ADD FOREIGN KEY NOT VALID feature
failed to support labeling such constraints as deferrable. The best fix
for this seems to be to fold NOT VALID into ConstraintAttributeSpec.
That's a bit more general than the documented syntax, but it allows
better-targeted syntax error messages.
In addition, do some mostly-but-not-entirely-cosmetic code review for
the whole NOT VALID patch.
avoids the overhead of one function call when calling MemoryContextReset(),
and it seems like the isReset optimization would be applicable to any new
memory context we might invent in the future anyway.
This buys back the overhead I just added in previous patch to always call
MemoryContextReset() in ExecScan, even when there's no quals or projections.
Instead, foreign tables are treated just like views: permissions can
be granted using GRANT privilege ON [TABLE] foreign_table_name TO role,
and revoked similarly. GRANT/REVOKE .. FOREIGN TABLE is no longer
supported, just as we don't support GRANT/REVOKE .. VIEW. The set of
accepted permissions for foreign tables is now identical to the set for
regular tables, and views.
Per report from Thom Brown, and subsequent discussion.
The previous coding failed to account properly for the costs of evaluating
the input expressions of aggregates and window functions, as seen in a
recent gripe from Claudio Freire. (I said at the time that it wasn't
counting these costs at all; but on closer inspection, it was effectively
charging these costs once per output tuple. That is completely wrong for
aggregates, and not exactly right for window functions either.)
There was also a hard-wired assumption that aggregates and window functions
had procost 1.0, which is now fixed to respect the actual cataloged costs.
The costing of WindowAgg is still pretty bogus, since it doesn't try to
estimate the effects of spilling data to disk, but that seems like a
separate issue.
This syntax allows a standalone table to be made into a typed table,
or a typed table to be made standalone. This is possibly a mildly
useful feature in its own right, but the real motivation for this
change is that we need it to make pg_upgrade work with typed tables.
This doesn't actually fix that problem, but it's necessary
infrastructure.
Noah Misch
Per spec we ought to apply select_common_collation() across the expressions
in each column of the VALUES table. The original coding was just taking
the first row and assuming it was representative.
This patch adds a field to struct RangeTblEntry to carry the resolved
collations, so initdb is forced for changes in stored rule representation.
Since collation is effectively an argument, not a property of the function,
FmgrInfo is really the wrong place for it; and this becomes critical in
cases where a cached FmgrInfo is used for varying purposes that might need
different collation settings. Fix by passing it in FunctionCallInfoData
instead. In particular this allows a clean fix for bug #5970 (record_cmp
not working). This requires touching a bit more code than the original
method, but nobody ever thought that collations would not be an invasive
patch...
The previous coding set attinhcount too high in some cases, resulting in
an undumpable, undroppable column. Per bug #5856, reported by Naoya
Anzai. See also commit 31b6fc06d8, which
fixes a similar bug in ALTER TABLE .. ADD CONSTRAINT.
Patch by Noah Misch.
In nearly all cases, the caller already knows the correct collation, and
in a number of places, the value the caller has handy is more correct than
the default for the type would be. (In particular, this patch makes it
significantly less likely that eval_const_expressions will result in
changing the exposed collation of an expression.) So an internal lookup
is both expensive and wrong.
Instead of playing cute games with pathkeys, just build a direct
representation of the intended sub-select, and feed it through
query_planner to get a Path for the index access. This is a bit slower
than 9.1's previous method, since we'll duplicate most of the overhead of
query_planner; but since the whole optimization only applies to rather
simple single-table queries, that probably won't be much of a problem in
practice. The advantage is that we get to do the right thing when there's
a partial index that needs the implicit IS NOT NULL clause to be usable.
Also, although this makes planagg.c be a bit more closely tied to the
ordering of operations in grouping_planner, we can get rid of some coupling
to lower-level parts of the planner. Per complaint from Marti Raudsepp.
All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless
they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean
or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store
a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function.
This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs
and noncollatable output type, or vice versa.
Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with
a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use
a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment
rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node.
Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making
collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and
by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during
expression preprocessing.
CollateClause is now used only in raw grammar output, and CollateExpr after
parse analysis. This is for clarity and to avoid carrying collation names
in post-analysis parse trees: that's both wasteful and possibly misleading,
since the collation's name could be changed while the parsetree still
exists.
Also, clean up assorted infelicities and omissions in processing of the
node type.
The initial collations patch treated a COLLATE spec as part of a TypeName,
following what can only be described as brain fade on the part of the SQL
committee. It's a lot more reasonable to treat COLLATE as a syntactically
separate object, so that it can be added in only the productions where it
actually belongs, rather than needing to reject it in a boatload of places
where it doesn't belong (something the original patch mostly failed to do).
In addition this change lets us meet the spec's requirement to allow
COLLATE anywhere in the clauses of a ColumnDef, and it avoids unfriendly
behavior for constructs such as "foo::type COLLATE collation".
To do this, pull collation information out of TypeName and put it in
ColumnDef instead, thus reverting most of the collation-related changes in
parse_type.c's API. I made one additional structural change, which was to
use a ColumnDef as an intermediate node in AT_AlterColumnType AlterTableCmd
nodes. This provides enough room to get rid of the "transform" wart in
AlterTableCmd too, since the ColumnDef can carry the USING expression
easily enough.
Also fix some other minor bugs that have crept in in the same areas,
like failure to copy recently-added fields of ColumnDef in copyfuncs.c.
While at it, document the formerly secret ability to specify a collation
in ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN TYPE, ALTER TYPE ADD ATTRIBUTE, and
ALTER TYPE ALTER ATTRIBUTE TYPE; and correct some misstatements about
what the default collation selection will be when COLLATE is omitted.
BTW, the three-parameter form of format_type() should go away too,
since it just contributes to the confusion in this area; but I'll do
that in a separate patch.
Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION,
and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false
(not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case
the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands
in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also
enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases.
In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of
the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs
to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without
duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks
into a separate function in objectaddress.c.
I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and
related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't
be able to see that info.
Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that
in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions.
We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon.
This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages
into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is
just putting the core infrastructure in place.
The originally committed patch for modifying CTEs didn't interact well
with EXPLAIN, as noted by myself, and also had corner-case problems with
triggers, as noted by Dean Rasheed. Those problems show it is really not
practical for ExecutorEnd to call any user-defined code; so split the
cleanup duties out into a new function ExecutorFinish, which must be called
between the last ExecutorRun call and ExecutorEnd. Some Asserts have been
added to these functions to help verify correct usage.
It is no longer necessary for callers of the executor to call
AfterTriggerBeginQuery/AfterTriggerEndQuery for themselves, as this is now
done by ExecutorStart/ExecutorFinish respectively. If you really need to
suppress that and do it for yourself, pass EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS to
ExecutorStart.
Also, refactor portal commit processing to allow for the possibility that
PortalDrop will invoke user-defined code. I think this is not actually
necessary just yet, since the portal-execution-strategy logic forces any
non-pure-SELECT query to be run to completion before we will consider
committing. But it seems like good future-proofing.
This patch implements data-modifying WITH queries according to the
semantics that the updates all happen with the same command counter value,
and in an unspecified order. Therefore one WITH clause can't see the
effects of another, nor can the outer query see the effects other than
through the RETURNING values. And attempts to do conflicting updates will
have unpredictable results. We'll need to document all that.
This commit just fixes the code; documentation updates are waiting on
author.
Marko Tiikkaja and Hitoshi Harada
The recent additions for FDW support required checking foreign-table-ness
in several places in the parse/plan chain. While it's not clear whether
that would really result in a noticeable slowdown, it seems best to avoid
any performance risk by keeping a copy of the relation's relkind in
RangeTblEntry. That might have some other uses later, anyway.
Per discussion.
This commit provides the core code and documentation needed. A contrib
module test case will follow shortly.
Shigeru Hanada, Jan Urbanski, Heikki Linnakangas
Add a fdwhandler column to pg_foreign_data_wrapper, plus HANDLER options
in the CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER commands,
plus pg_dump support for same. Also invent a new pseudotype fdw_handler
with properties similar to language_handler.
This is split out of the "FDW API" patch for ease of review; it's all stuff
we will certainly need, regardless of any other details of the FDW API.
FDW handler functions will not actually get called yet.
In passing, fix some omissions and infelicities in foreigncmds.c.
Shigeru Hanada, Jan Urbanski, Heikki Linnakangas
That function was supposing that indexoid == 0 for a hypothetical index,
but that is not likely to be true in any non-toy implementation of an index
adviser, since assigning a fake OID is the only way to know at EXPLAIN time
which hypothetical index got selected. Fix by adding a flag to
IndexOptInfo to mark hypothetical indexes. Back-patch to 9.0 where
get_actual_variable_range() was added.
Gurjeet Singh
- collowner field
- CREATE COLLATION
- ALTER COLLATION
- DROP COLLATION
- COMMENT ON COLLATION
- integration with extensions
- pg_dump support for the above
- dependency management
- psql tab completion
- psql \dO command
This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from
Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit
of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it.
This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules
shortly.
Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
Flattening of subquery range tables during setrefs.c could lead to the
rangetable indexes in PlanRowMark nodes not matching up with the column
names previously assigned to the corresponding resjunk ctid (resp. tableoid
or wholerow) columns. Typical symptom would be either a "cannot extract
system attribute from virtual tuple" error or an Assert failure. This
wasn't a problem before 9.0 because we didn't support FOR UPDATE below the
top query level, and so the final flattening could never renumber an RTE
that was relevant to FOR UPDATE. Fix by using a plan-tree-wide unique
number for each PlanRowMark to label the associated resjunk columns, so
that the number need not change during flattening.
Per report from David Johnston (though I'm darned if I can see how this got
past initial testing of the relevant code). Back-patch to 9.0.
This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable;
first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing
installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into
the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it
in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion.
Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE
patch.
This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions.
There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice
with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make
all the contrib modules depend on this feature.
In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in
AlterObjectNamespace() and callers.
Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen,
Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause
to override it per expression, and B-tree index support.
Peter Eisentraut
reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
FK constraints that are marked NOT VALID may later be VALIDATED, which uses an
ShareUpdateExclusiveLock on constraint table and RowShareLock on referenced
table. Significantly reduces lock strength and duration when adding FKs.
New state visible from psql.
Simon Riggs, with reviews from Marko Tiikkaja and Robert Haas
Waiting for relation locks can lead to starvation - it pins down an
autovacuum worker for as long as the lock is held. But if we're doing
an anti-wraparound vacuum, then we still wait; maintenance can no longer
be put off.
To assist with troubleshooting, if log_autovacuum_min_duration >= 0,
we log whenever an autovacuum or autoanalyze is skipped for this reason.
Per a gripe by Josh Berkus, and ensuing discussion.
This feature allows a unique or pkey constraint to be created using an
already-existing unique index. While the constraint isn't very
functionally different from the bare index, it's nice to be able to do that
for documentation purposes. The main advantage over just issuing a plain
ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY is that the index can be created with
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, so that there is not a long interval where the
table is locked against updates.
On the way, refactor some of the code in DefineIndex() and index_create()
so that we don't have to pass through those functions in order to create
the index constraint's catalog entries. Also, in parse_utilcmd.c, pass
around the ParseState pointer in struct CreateStmtContext to save on
notation, and add error location pointers to some error reports that didn't
have one before.
Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
In an inherited UPDATE/DELETE, each target table has its own subplan,
because it might have a column set different from other targets. This
means that the resjunk columns we add to support EvalPlanQual might be
at different physical column numbers in each subplan. The EvalPlanQual
rewrite I did for 9.0 failed to account for this, resulting in possible
misbehavior or even crashes during concurrent updates to the same row,
as seen in a recent report from Gordon Shannon. Revise the data structure
so that we track resjunk column numbers separately for each subplan.
I also chose to move responsibility for identifying the physical column
numbers back to executor startup, instead of assuming that numbers derived
during preprocess_targetlist would stay valid throughout subsequent
massaging of the plan. That's a bit slower, so we might want to consider
undoing it someday; but it would complicate the patch considerably and
didn't seem justifiable in a bug fix that has to be back-patched to 9.0.
Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does
not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables
cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to
be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary
system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary
operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL.
Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
This is advantageous first because it allows us to hash the smaller table
regardless of the outer-join type, and second because hash join can be more
flexible than merge join in dealing with arbitrary join quals in a FULL
join. For merge join all the join quals have to be mergejoinable, but hash
join will work so long as there's at least one hashjoinable qual --- the
others can be any condition. (This is true essentially because we don't
keep per-inner-tuple match flags in merge join, while hash join can do so.)
To do this, we need a has-it-been-matched flag for each tuple in the
hashtable, not just one for the current outer tuple. The key idea that
makes this practical is that we can store the match flag in the tuple's
infomask, since there are lots of bits there that are of no interest for a
MinimalTuple. So we aren't increasing the size of the hashtable at all for
the feature.
To write this without turning the hash code into even more of a pile of
spaghetti than it already was, I rewrote ExecHashJoin in a state-machine
style, similar to ExecMergeJoin. Other than that decision, it was pretty
straightforward.
This commit replaces pg_class.relistemp with pg_class.relpersistence;
and also modifies the RangeVar node type to carry relpersistence rather
than istemp. It also removes removes rd_istemp from RelationData and
instead performs the correct computation based on relpersistence.
For clarity, we add three new macros: RelationNeedsWAL(),
RelationUsesLocalBuffers(), and RelationUsesTempNamespace(), so that we
can clarify the purpose of each check that previous depended on
rd_istemp.
This is intended as infrastructure for the upcoming unlogged tables
patch, as well as for future possible work on global temporary tables.
This is a heavily revised version of builtin_knngist_core-0.9. The
ordering operators are no longer mixed in with actual quals, which would
have confused not only humans but significant parts of the planner.
Instead, ordering operators are carried separately throughout planning and
execution.
Since the API for ambeginscan and amrescan functions had to be changed
anyway, this commit takes the opportunity to rationalize that a bit.
RelationGetIndexScan no longer forces a premature index_rescan call;
instead, callers of index_beginscan must call index_rescan too. Aside from
making the AM-side initialization logic a bit less peculiar, this has the
advantage that we do not make a useless extra am_rescan call when there are
runtime key values. AMs formerly could not assume that the key values
passed to amrescan were actually valid; now they can.
Teodor Sigaev and Tom Lane
Formerly we looked up the operators associated with each index (caching
them in relcache) and then the planner looked up the btree opfamily
containing such operators in order to build the btree-centric pathkey
representation that describes the index's sort order. This is quite
pointless for btree indexes: we might as well just use the index's opfamily
information directly. That saves syscache lookup cycles during planning,
and furthermore allows us to eliminate the relcache's caching of operators
altogether, which may help in reducing backend startup time.
I added code to plancat.c to perform the same type of double lookup
on-the-fly if it's ever faced with a non-btree amcanorder index AM.
If such a thing actually becomes interesting for production, we should
replace that logic with some more-direct method for identifying the
corresponding btree opfamily; but it's not worth spending effort on now.
There is considerably more to do pursuant to my recent proposal to get rid
of sort-operator-based representations of sort orderings, but this patch
grabs some of the low-hanging fruit. I'll look at the remainder of that
work after the current commitfest.
This commit adds columns amoppurpose and amopsortfamily to pg_amop, and
column amcanorderbyop to pg_am. For the moment all the entries in
amcanorderbyop are "false", since the underlying support isn't there yet.
Also, extend the CREATE OPERATOR CLASS/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands with
[ FOR SEARCH | FOR ORDER BY sort_operator_family ] clauses to allow the new
columns of pg_amop to be populated, and create pg_dump support for dumping
that information.
I also added some documentation, although it's perhaps a bit premature
given that the feature doesn't do anything useful yet.
Teodor Sigaev, Robert Haas, Tom Lane
We no longer need the terminating zero entry in opfamily[], so get rid of
it. Also replace assorted ad-hoc looping logic with simple for and foreach
constructs. This code is now noticeably more readable than it was an hour
ago; credit to Robert for seeing that it could be simplified.
Fix things so that top-N sorting can be used in child Sort nodes of a
MergeAppend node, when there is a LIMIT and no intervening joins or
grouping. Actually doing this on the executor side isn't too bad,
but it's a bit messier to get the planner to cost it properly.
Per gripe from Robert Haas.
In passing, fix an oversight in the original top-N-sorting patch:
query_planner should not assume that a LIMIT can be used to make an
explicit sort cheaper when there will be grouping or aggregation in
between. Possibly this should be back-patched, but I'm not sure the
mistake is serious enough to be a real problem in practice.
Per my recent proposal, get rid of all the direct inspection of indexes
and manual generation of paths in planagg.c. Instead, set up
EquivalenceClasses for the aggregate argument expressions, and let the
regular path generation logic deal with creating paths that can satisfy
those sort orders. This makes planagg.c a bit more visible to the rest
of the planner than it was originally, but the approach is basically a lot
cleaner than before. A major advantage of doing it this way is that we get
MIN/MAX optimization on inheritance trees (using MergeAppend of indexscans)
practically for free, whereas in the old way we'd have had to add a whole
lot more duplicative logic.
One small disadvantage of this approach is that MIN/MAX aggregates can no
longer exploit partial indexes having an "x IS NOT NULL" predicate, unless
that restriction or something that implies it is specified in the query.
The previous implementation was able to use the added "x IS NOT NULL"
condition as an extra predicate proof condition, but in this version we
rely entirely on indexes that are considered usable by the main planning
process. That seems a fair tradeoff for the simplicity and functionality
gained.
and related routines.
We already had a redundant FunctionCallInfoData struct in FuncExprState,
but were using that copy only in set-returning-function cases, to avoid
keeping function evaluation state in the expression tree for the benefit
of plpgsql's "simple expression" logic. But of course that didn't work
anyway. Given the recent fixes in plpgsql there is no need to have two
separate behaviors here. Getting rid of the local FunctionCallInfoData
structs should make things a little faster (because we don't need to do
InitFunctionCallInfoData each time), and it also makes for a noticeable
reduction in stack space consumption during recursive calls.
The core of this patch is hash_array() and associated typcache
infrastructure, which works just about exactly like the existing support
for array comparison.
In addition I did some work to ensure that the planner won't think that an
array type is hashable unless its element type is hashable, and similarly
for sorting. This includes adding a datatype parameter to op_hashjoinable
and op_mergejoinable, and adding an explicit "hashable" flag to
SortGroupClause. The lack of a cross-check on the element type was a
pre-existing bug in mergejoin support --- but it didn't matter so much
before, because if you couldn't sort the element type there wasn't any good
alternative to failing anyhow. Now that we have the alternative of hashing
the array type, there are cases where we can avoid a failure by being picky
at the planner stage, so it's time to be picky.
The issue of exactly how to combine the per-element hash values to produce
an array hash is still open for discussion, but the rest of this is pretty
solid, so I'll commit it as-is.
After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the
performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases.
Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
A couple of places in the planner need to generate whole-row Vars, and were
cutting corners by setting vartype = RECORDOID in the Vars, even in cases
where there's an identifiable named composite type for the RTE being
referenced. While we mostly got away with this, it failed when there was
also a parser-generated whole-row reference to the same RTE, because the
two Vars weren't equal() due to the difference in vartype. Fix by
providing a subroutine the planner can call to generate whole-row Vars
the same way the parser does.
Per bug #5716 from Andrew Tipton. Back-patch to 9.0 where one of the bogus
calls was introduced (the other one is new in HEAD).
This is not the hoped-for facility of using INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE inside
a WITH, but rather the other way around. It seems useful in its own
right anyway.
Note: catversion bumped because, although the contents of stored rules
might look compatible, there's actually a subtle semantic change.
A single Query containing a WITH and INSERT...VALUES now represents
writing the WITH before the INSERT, not before the VALUES. While it's
not clear that that matters to anyone, it seems like a good idea to
have it cited in the git history for catversion.h.
Original patch by Marko Tiikkaja, with updating and cleanup by
Hitoshi Harada.
This patch eliminates the former need to sort the output of an Append scan
when an ordered scan of an inheritance tree is wanted. This should be
particularly useful for fast-start cases such as queries with LIMIT.
Original patch by Greg Stark, with further hacking by Hans-Jurgen Schonig,
Robert Haas, and Tom Lane.
This patch adds the SQL-standard concept of an INSTEAD OF trigger, which
is fired instead of performing a physical insert/update/delete. The
trigger function is passed the entire old and/or new rows of the view,
and must figure out what to do to the underlying tables to implement
the update. So this feature can be used to implement updatable views
using trigger programming style rather than rule hacking.
In passing, this patch corrects the names of some columns in the
information_schema.triggers view. It seems the SQL committee renamed
them somewhere between SQL:99 and SQL:2003.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Bernd Helmle; some additional hacking by me.
The point of a PlaceHolderVar is to allow a non-strict expression to be
evaluated below an outer join, after which its value bubbles up like a Var
and can be forced to NULL when the outer join's semantics require that.
However, there was a serious design oversight in that, namely that we
didn't ensure that there was actually a correct place in the plan tree
to evaluate the placeholder :-(. It may be necessary to delay evaluation
of an outer join to ensure that a placeholder that should be evaluated
below the join can be evaluated there. Per recent bug report from Kirill
Simonov.
Back-patch to 8.4 where the PlaceHolderVar mechanism was introduced.
This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based
mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly
hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it.
KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
The implicitly created sequence was created as owned by the current user,
who could be different from the table owner, eg if current user is a
superuser or some member of the table's owning role. This caused sanity
checks in the SEQUENCE OWNED BY code to spit up. Although possibly we
don't need those sanity checks, the safest fix seems to be to make sure
the implicit sequence is assigned the same owner role as the table has.
(We still do all permissions checks as the current user, however.)
Per report from Josh Berkus.
Back-patch to 9.0. The bug goes back to the invention of SEQUENCE OWNED BY
in 8.2, but the fix requires an API change for DefineRelation(), which seems
to have potential for breaking third-party code if done in a minor release.
Given the lack of prior complaints, it's probably not worth fixing in the
stable branches.
other columns to be referenced without listing them in GROUP BY, so long as
the primary key column(s) are listed in GROUP BY.
Eventually we should also allow functional dependency on a UNIQUE constraint
when the columns are marked NOT NULL, but that has to wait until NOT NULL
constraints are represented in pg_constraint, because we need to have
pg_constraint OIDs for all the conditions needed to ensure functional
dependency.
Peter Eisentraut, reviewed by Alex Hunsaker and Tom Lane
a pass-by-reference datatype with a nontrivial projection step.
We were using the same memory context for the projection operation as for
the temporary context used by the hashtable routines in execGrouping.c.
However, the hashtable routines feel free to reset their temp context at
any time, which'd lead to destroying input data that was still needed.
Report and diagnosis by Tao Ma.
Back-patch to 8.1, where the problem was introduced by the changes that
allowed us to work with "virtual" tuples instead of materializing intermediate
tuple values everywhere. The earlier code looks quite similar, but it doesn't
suffer the problem because the data gets copied into another context as a
result of having to materialize ExecProject's output tuple.
relation using the general PARAM_EXEC executor parameter mechanism, rather
than the ad-hoc kluge of passing the outer tuple down through ExecReScan.
The previous method was hard to understand and could never be extended to
handle parameters coming from multiple join levels. This patch doesn't
change the set of possible plans nor have any significant performance effect,
but it's necessary infrastructure for future generalization of the concept
of an inner indexscan plan.
ExecReScan's second parameter is now unused, so it's removed.
constraint exclusion on an inheritance set that is the target of an UPDATE
or DELETE query. Per gripe from Marc Cousin. Back-patch to 8.4 where
the feature was introduced.
This operates in the same way as other CREATE OR REPLACE commands, ie,
it replaces everything but the ownership and ACL lists of an existing
entry, and requires the caller to have owner privileges for that entry.
While modifying an existing language has some use in development scenarios,
in typical usage all the "replaced" values come from pg_pltemplate so there
will be no actual change in the language definition. The reason for adding
this is mainly to allow programs to ensure that a language exists without
triggering an error if it already does exist.
This commit just adds and documents the new option. A followon patch
will use it to clean up some unpleasant cases in pg_dump and pg_regress.
In addition, add support for a "payload" string to be passed along with
each notify event.
This implementation should be significantly more efficient than the old one,
and is also more compatible with Hot Standby usage. There is not yet any
facility for HS slaves to receive notifications generated on the master,
although such a thing is possible in future.
Joachim Wieland, reviewed by Jeff Davis; also hacked on by me.
compilers, by applying a configure check to see if the compiler will accept
an unreferenced "static inline foo ..." function without warnings. It is
believed that such warnings are the only reason not to declare inlined
functions in headers, if the compiler understands "inline" at all.
Kurt Harriman
This patch allows the frame to start from CURRENT ROW (in either RANGE or
ROWS mode), and it also adds support for ROWS n PRECEDING and ROWS n FOLLOWING
start and end points. (RANGE value PRECEDING/FOLLOWING isn't there yet ---
the grammar works, but that's all.)
Hitoshi Harada, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
VACUUM FULL INPLACE), along with a boatload of subsidiary code and complexity.
Per discussion, the use case for this method of vacuuming is no longer large
enough to justify maintaining it; not to mention that we don't wish to invest
the work that would be needed to make it play nicely with Hot Standby.
Aside from the code directly related to old-style VACUUM FULL, this commit
removes support for certain WAL record types that could only be generated
within VACUUM FULL, redirect-pointer removal in heap_page_prune, and
nontransactional generation of cache invalidation sinval messages (the last
being the sticking point for Hot Standby).
We still have to retain all code that copes with finding HEAP_MOVED_OFF and
HEAP_MOVED_IN flag bits on existing tuples. This can't be removed as long
as we want to support in-place update from pre-9.0 databases.
Attributes can now have options, just as relations and tablespaces do, and
the reloptions code is used to parse, validate, and store them. For
simplicity and because these options are not performance critical, we store
them in a separate cache rather than the main relcache.
Thanks to Alex Hunsaker for the review.
pg_constraint before searching pg_trigger. This allows saner handling of
corner cases; in particular we now say "constraint is not deferrable"
rather than "constraint does not exist" when the command is applied to
a constraint that's inherently non-deferrable. Per a gripe several months
ago from hubert depesz lubaczewski.
To make this work without breaking user-defined constraint triggers,
we have to add entries for them to pg_constraint. However, in return
we can remove the pgconstrname column from pg_constraint, which represents
a fairly sizable space savings. I also replaced the tgisconstraint column
with tgisinternal; the old meaning of tgisconstraint can now be had by
testing for nonzero tgconstraint, while there is no other way to get
the old meaning of nonzero tgconstraint, namely that the trigger was
internally generated rather than being user-created.
In passing, fix an old misstatement in the docs and comments, namely that
pg_trigger.tgdeferrable is exactly redundant with pg_constraint.condeferrable.
Actually, we mark RI action triggers as nondeferrable even when they belong to
a nominally deferrable FK constraint. The SET CONSTRAINTS code now relies on
that instead of hard-coding a list of exception OIDs.
parse analysis phase, rather than at execution time. This makes parameter
handling work the same as it does in ordinary plannable queries, and in
particular fixes the incompatibility that Pavel pointed out with plpgsql's
new handling of variable references. plancache.c gets a little bit
grottier, but the alternatives seem worse.
VACUUM FULL was renamed to VACUUM FULL INPLACE. Also added a new
option -i, --inplace for vacuumdb to perform FULL INPLACE vacuuming.
Since the new VACUUM FULL uses CLUSTER infrastructure, we cannot
use it for system tables. VACUUM FULL for system tables always
fall back into VACUUM FULL INPLACE silently.
Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Jeff Davis and Simon Riggs.
peculiar variant of UNION ALL, and so wouldn't likely get written directly
as-is, it's possible for it to arise as a result of simplification of
less-obviously-silly queries. In particular, now that we can do flattening
of subqueries that have constant outputs and are underneath an outer join,
it's possible for the case to result from simplification of queries of the
type exhibited in bug #5263. Back-patch to 8.4 to avoid a functionality
regression for this type of query.
This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters,
but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more.
In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency,
but I'm leaving that as future work for now.
Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
8.2beta but never carried out. This avoids repetitive tests of whether the
argument is of scalar or composite type. Also, be a bit more paranoid about
composite arguments in some places where we previously weren't checking.
to be just a minor extension of the previous patch that made "x IS NULL"
indexable, because we can treat the IS NOT NULL condition as if it were
"x < NULL" or "x > NULL" (depending on the index's NULLS FIRST/LAST option),
just like IS NULL is treated like "x = NULL". Aside from any possible
usefulness in its own right, this is an important improvement for
index-optimized MAX/MIN aggregates: it is now reliably possible to get
a column's min or max value cheaply, even when there are a lot of nulls
cluttering the interesting end of the index.
and teach ANALYZE to compute such stats for tables that have subclasses.
Per my proposal of yesterday.
autovacuum still needs to be taught about running ANALYZE on parent tables
when their subclasses change, but the feature is useful even without that.
Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for
their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are
appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the
index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem
that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes
there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.)
Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column
names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice.
(Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also,
pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns
at all.)
An example of the results:
regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text,
regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =));
NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo"
CREATE TABLE
regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion
Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion"
Column | Type | Definition
--------+---------+------------
f1 | integer | f1
lower | text | lower(f2)
btree, for table "public.foo"
non-kluge method for controlling the order in which values are fed to an
aggregate function. At the same time eliminate the old implementation
restriction that DISTINCT was only supported for single-argument aggregates.
Possibly release-notable behavioral change: formerly, agg(DISTINCT x)
dropped null values of x unconditionally. Now, it does so only if the
agg transition function is strict; otherwise nulls are treated as DISTINCT
normally would, ie, you get one copy.
Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada
This patch also removes buffer-usage statistics from the track_counts
output, since this (or the global server statistics) is deemed to be a better
interface to this information.
Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows
violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for
each of the columns in the constraint.
Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
by adding a requirement that build_join_rel add new join RelOptInfos to the
appropriate list immediately at creation. Per report from Robert Haas,
the list_concat_unique_ptr() calls that this change eliminates were taking
the lion's share of the runtime in larger join problems. This doesn't do
anything to fix the fundamental combinatorial explosion in large join
problems, but it should push out the threshold of pain a bit further.
Note: because this changes the order in which joinrel lists are built,
it might result in changes in selected plans in cases where different
alternatives have exactly the same costs. There is one example in the
regression tests.
checked to determine whether the trigger should be fired.
For BEFORE triggers this is mostly a matter of spec compliance; but for AFTER
triggers it can provide a noticeable performance improvement, since queuing of
a deferred trigger event and re-fetching of the row(s) at end of statement can
be short-circuited if the trigger does not need to be fired.
Takahiro Itagaki, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei.
adopted for EXPLAIN. This will allow additional options to be implemented
in future without having to make them fully-reserved keywords. The old syntax
remains available for existing options, however.
Itagaki Takahiro
mergejoin to shield it from doing mark/restore and refetches. Put an explicit
flag in MergePath so we can centralize the logic that knows about this,
and add costing logic that considers using Materialize even when it's not
forced by the previously-existing considerations. This is in response to
a discussion back in August that suggested that materializing an inner
indexscan can be helpful when the refetch percentage is high enough.
As proof of concept, modify plpgsql to use the hooks. plpgsql is still
inserting $n symbols textually, but the "back end" of the parsing process now
goes through the ParamRef hook instead of using a fixed parameter-type array,
and then execution only fetches actually-referenced parameters, using a hook
added to ParamListInfo.
Although there's a lot left to be done in plpgsql, this already cures the
"if (TG_OP = 'INSERT' and NEW.foo ...)" problem, as illustrated by the
changed regression test.
underneath the Limit node, not atop it. This fixes the old problem that such
a query might unexpectedly return fewer rows than the LIMIT says, due to
LockRows discarding updated rows.
There is a related problem that LockRows might destroy the sort ordering
produced by earlier steps; but fixing that by pushing LockRows below Sort
would create serious performance problems that are unjustified in many
real-world applications, as well as potential deadlock problems from locking
many more rows than expected. Instead, keep the present semantics of applying
FOR UPDATE after ORDER BY within a single query level; but allow the user to
specify the other way by writing FOR UPDATE in a sub-select. To make that
work, track whether FOR UPDATE appeared explicitly in sub-selects or got
pushed down from the parent, and don't flatten a sub-select that contained an
explicit FOR UPDATE.
a lot of strange behaviors that occurred in join cases. We now identify the
"current" row for every joined relation in UPDATE, DELETE, and SELECT FOR
UPDATE/SHARE queries. If an EvalPlanQual recheck is necessary, we jam the
appropriate row into each scan node in the rechecking plan, forcing it to emit
only that one row. The former behavior could rescan the whole of each joined
relation for each recheck, which was terrible for performance, and what's much
worse could result in duplicated output tuples.
Also, the original implementation of EvalPlanQual could not re-use the recheck
execution tree --- it had to go through a full executor init and shutdown for
every row to be tested. To avoid this overhead, I've associated a special
runtime Param with each LockRows or ModifyTable plan node, and arranged to
make every scan node below such a node depend on that Param. Thus, by
signaling a change in that Param, the EPQ machinery can just rescan the
already-built test plan.
This patch also adds a prohibition on set-returning functions in the
targetlist of SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE. This is needed to avoid the
duplicate-output-tuple problem. It seems fairly reasonable since the
other restrictions on SELECT FOR UPDATE are meant to ensure that there
is a unique correspondence between source tuples and result tuples,
which an output SRF destroys as much as anything else does.
are named in the UPDATE's SET list.
Note: the schema of pg_trigger has not actually changed; we've just started
to use a column that was there all along. catversion bumped anyway so that
this commit is included in the history of potentially interesting changes
to system catalog contents.
Itagaki Takahiro
